1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation
13 #include <linux/ethtool.h>
14 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
15 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
16 #include <linux/list.h>
17 #include <linux/bug.h>
18 #include <linux/netlink.h>
19 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
20 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
21 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
22 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
23 #include <linux/net.h>
24 #include <net/regulatory.h>
29 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
30 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
31 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
32 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
33 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
34 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
36 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
42 * DOC: Device registration
44 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
45 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
48 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
49 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
50 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
51 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
52 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
53 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
54 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
55 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
56 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
58 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
59 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
60 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
66 * wireless hardware capability structures
70 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
72 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
75 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
76 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
78 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
83 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
84 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
85 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
86 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
88 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
89 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
90 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
91 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel.
100 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted
102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted
104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted
106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted
108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted
112 enum ieee80211_channel_flags
{
113 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED
= 1<<0,
114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR
= 1<<1,
116 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR
= 1<<3,
117 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS
= 1<<4,
118 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS
= 1<<5,
119 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM
= 1<<6,
120 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ
= 1<<7,
121 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ
= 1<<8,
122 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY
= 1<<9,
123 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT
= 1<<10,
124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ
= 1<<11,
125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ
= 1<<12,
126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE
= 1<<13,
127 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ
= 1<<14,
128 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ
= 1<<15,
129 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ
= 1<<16,
130 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ
= 1<<17,
131 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ
= 1<<18,
134 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
135 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
137 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
138 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
141 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
143 * This structure describes a single channel for use
146 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
147 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz
148 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
149 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
150 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
151 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
152 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
153 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
154 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
155 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
156 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
157 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
158 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
159 * @orig_mag: internal use
160 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
161 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
163 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
164 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
166 struct ieee80211_channel
{
167 enum nl80211_band band
;
172 int max_antenna_gain
;
177 int orig_mag
, orig_mpwr
;
178 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state
;
179 unsigned long dfs_state_entered
;
180 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms
;
184 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
186 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
187 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
188 * different bands/PHY modes.
190 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
191 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
193 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
194 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
195 * core code when registering the wiphy.
196 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
197 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
198 * core code when registering the wiphy.
199 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
200 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
201 * core code when registering the wiphy.
202 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
203 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
204 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
206 enum ieee80211_rate_flags
{
207 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE
= 1<<0,
208 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A
= 1<<1,
209 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B
= 1<<2,
210 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G
= 1<<3,
211 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G
= 1<<4,
212 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ
= 1<<5,
213 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ
= 1<<6,
217 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
219 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
220 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
221 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
222 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
223 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
225 enum ieee80211_bss_type
{
226 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS
,
227 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS
,
228 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS
,
229 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS
,
230 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
234 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
236 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
237 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
238 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
240 enum ieee80211_privacy
{
241 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON
,
242 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF
,
243 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
246 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
247 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
250 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
252 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
253 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
254 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
257 * @flags: rate-specific flags
258 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
259 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
260 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
261 * short preamble is used
263 struct ieee80211_rate
{
266 u16 hw_value
, hw_value_short
;
270 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
272 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
273 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element.
274 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset
275 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
276 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
277 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by
279 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values
280 * used by members of the SRG
282 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd
{
285 u8 non_srg_max_offset
;
288 u8 bss_color_bitmap
[8];
289 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap
[8];
293 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring
295 * @color: the current color.
296 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used
297 * @partial: define the AID equation.
299 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color
{
306 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
308 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
309 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
311 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
312 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
313 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
314 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
315 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
317 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap
{
318 u16 cap
; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
322 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs
;
326 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
328 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
329 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
331 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
332 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
333 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
335 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap
{
337 u32 cap
; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
338 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs
;
341 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
344 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
346 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
347 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
349 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
350 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
351 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
352 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
354 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap
{
356 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem
;
357 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp
;
358 u8 ppe_thres
[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN
];
362 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
364 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
365 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
366 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
368 * @types_mask: interface types mask
369 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
370 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a
371 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value).
373 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
{
375 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap
;
376 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa
;
380 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
382 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
383 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
384 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
385 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
386 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
387 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
388 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
389 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
391 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
393 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
395 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
396 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
397 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
398 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
400 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config
{
401 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4
= 4,
402 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5
= 5,
403 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6
= 6,
404 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7
= 7,
405 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8
= 8,
406 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9
= 9,
407 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10
= 10,
408 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11
= 11,
409 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12
= 12,
410 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13
= 13,
411 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14
= 14,
412 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15
= 15,
416 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
418 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
419 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
421 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
422 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
423 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
424 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
425 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
426 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
428 struct ieee80211_edmg
{
430 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config
;
434 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities
436 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
437 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA.
439 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA
440 * @cap: S1G capabilities information
441 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set
443 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap
{
445 u8 cap
[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */
450 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
452 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
453 * is able to operate in.
455 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with
457 * @band: the band this structure represents
458 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
459 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
460 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
461 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
462 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
463 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
464 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
465 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band
466 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
467 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course)
468 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
469 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
470 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
471 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
474 struct ieee80211_supported_band
{
475 struct ieee80211_channel
*channels
;
476 struct ieee80211_rate
*bitrates
;
477 enum nl80211_band band
;
480 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap
;
481 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap
;
482 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap
;
483 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap
;
485 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*iftype_data
;
489 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
490 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
491 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
493 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
495 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*
496 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
501 if (WARN_ON(iftype
>= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX
))
504 for (i
= 0; i
< sband
->n_iftype_data
; i
++) {
505 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*data
=
506 &sband
->iftype_data
[i
];
508 if (data
->types_mask
& BIT(iftype
))
516 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
517 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
518 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
520 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
522 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap
*
523 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
526 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*data
=
527 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband
, iftype
);
529 if (data
&& data
->he_cap
.has_he
)
530 return &data
->he_cap
;
536 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
537 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
539 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
541 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap
*
542 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
)
544 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband
, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION
);
548 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities
549 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
550 * @iftype: the iftype to search for
552 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities
555 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
556 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
)
558 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
*data
=
559 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband
, iftype
);
561 if (WARN_ON(!data
|| !data
->he_cap
.has_he
))
564 return data
->he_6ghz_capa
.capa
;
568 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
570 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
572 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
573 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
574 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
576 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
577 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
578 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
579 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
580 * without affecting other devices.
582 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
583 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
584 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
587 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
588 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
589 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
592 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
596 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
600 * DOC: Actions and configuration
602 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
603 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
604 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
605 * operations use are described separately.
607 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
608 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
610 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
611 * in a separate chapter.
614 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
615 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
618 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
619 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
620 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
621 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
622 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
623 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
624 * determine the address as needed.
625 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
626 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
627 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
628 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
629 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
630 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
631 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
636 u8 macaddr
[ETH_ALEN
];
637 const u8
*vht_mumimo_groups
;
638 const u8
*vht_mumimo_follow_addr
;
642 * struct key_params - key information
644 * Information about a key
647 * @key_len: length of key material
648 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
649 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
650 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
651 * length given by @seq_len.
652 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
653 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero)
654 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
663 enum nl80211_key_mode mode
;
667 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
668 * @chan: the (control) channel
669 * @width: channel width
670 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
671 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
672 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
673 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
674 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
675 * chan will define the primary channel and all other
676 * parameters are ignored.
677 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz
679 struct cfg80211_chan_def
{
680 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
;
681 enum nl80211_chan_width width
;
684 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg
;
689 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
691 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask
{
694 u8 ht_mcs
[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN
];
695 u16 vht_mcs
[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX
];
696 u16 he_mcs
[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX
];
697 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi
;
698 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi
;
699 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf
;
700 } control
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
705 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration
706 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration
708 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify
709 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed,
710 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp.
711 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID
712 * @retry_long: retry count value
713 * @retry_short: retry count value
714 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
715 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS
716 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
717 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type
718 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID
720 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg
{
721 bool config_override
;
724 enum nl80211_tid_config noack
;
725 u8 retry_long
, retry_short
;
726 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu
;
727 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts
;
728 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu
;
729 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type
;
730 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask
;
734 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration
735 * @peer: Station's MAC address
736 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied
737 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info
739 struct cfg80211_tid_config
{
742 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf
[];
746 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
747 * @chandef: the channel definition
749 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
750 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
752 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
753 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
755 switch (chandef
->width
) {
756 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT
:
757 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT
;
758 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20
:
759 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20
;
760 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40
:
761 if (chandef
->center_freq1
> chandef
->chan
->center_freq
)
762 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
;
763 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS
;
766 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT
;
771 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
772 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
773 * @channel: the control channel
774 * @chantype: the channel type
776 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
778 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
779 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
,
780 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype
);
783 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
784 * @chandef1: first channel definition
785 * @chandef2: second channel definition
787 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
788 * identical, %false otherwise.
791 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef1
,
792 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef2
)
794 return (chandef1
->chan
== chandef2
->chan
&&
795 chandef1
->width
== chandef2
->width
&&
796 chandef1
->center_freq1
== chandef2
->center_freq1
&&
797 chandef1
->freq1_offset
== chandef2
->freq1_offset
&&
798 chandef1
->center_freq2
== chandef2
->center_freq2
);
802 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
804 * @chandef: the channel definition
806 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
809 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
811 return chandef
->edmg
.channels
|| chandef
->edmg
.bw_config
;
815 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
816 * @chandef1: first channel definition
817 * @chandef2: second channel definition
819 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
820 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
822 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*
823 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef1
,
824 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef2
);
827 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
828 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
829 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
831 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
834 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
835 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
836 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
837 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
838 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
840 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
841 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
842 u32 prohibited_flags
);
845 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
846 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
847 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
848 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
850 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
852 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
853 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
854 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
);
857 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
859 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
860 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
862 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
864 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
866 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
867 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
869 switch (chandef
->width
) {
870 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
:
871 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ
;
872 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
:
873 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ
;
881 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
883 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
884 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
885 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
887 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
889 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
892 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
894 switch (chandef
->width
) {
895 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
:
896 return min(chandef
->chan
->max_reg_power
- 6,
897 chandef
->chan
->max_power
);
898 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
:
899 return min(chandef
->chan
->max_reg_power
- 3,
900 chandef
->chan
->max_power
);
904 return chandef
->chan
->max_power
;
908 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
910 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
911 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
912 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
913 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
914 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
915 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
916 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
917 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
918 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
920 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
921 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
923 enum survey_info_flags
{
924 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM
= BIT(0),
925 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE
= BIT(1),
926 SURVEY_INFO_TIME
= BIT(2),
927 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
= BIT(3),
928 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
= BIT(4),
929 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
= BIT(5),
930 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
= BIT(6),
931 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN
= BIT(7),
932 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX
= BIT(8),
936 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
938 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
939 * record to report global statistics
940 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
941 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
943 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
944 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
945 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
946 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
947 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
948 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
949 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
951 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
953 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
954 * channel duty cycle etc.
957 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
;
969 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4
972 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
973 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
974 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
975 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
976 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
977 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
978 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
979 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
980 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
981 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
982 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
983 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
984 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
985 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
986 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
988 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
989 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
990 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control
992 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
993 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
994 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
995 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
996 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
998 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
999 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation:
1001 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
1002 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any
1003 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in
1006 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
1007 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only
1009 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
1010 * Allow hash-to-element only
1012 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
1013 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element
1015 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings
{
1018 int n_ciphers_pairwise
;
1019 u32 ciphers_pairwise
[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES
];
1021 u32 akm_suites
[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES
];
1023 __be16 control_port_ethertype
;
1024 bool control_port_no_encrypt
;
1025 bool control_port_over_nl80211
;
1026 bool control_port_no_preauth
;
1027 struct key_params
*wep_keys
;
1032 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe
;
1036 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
1037 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
1038 * or %NULL if not changed
1039 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
1040 * or %NULL if not changed
1041 * @head_len: length of @head
1042 * @tail_len: length of @tail
1043 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
1044 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
1045 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
1047 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
1048 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
1049 * Response frames or %NULL
1050 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
1051 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
1052 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
1053 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
1054 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
1055 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
1056 * (measurement type 8)
1057 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
1058 * Token (measurement type 11)
1059 * @lci_len: LCI data length
1060 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
1062 struct cfg80211_beacon_data
{
1063 const u8
*head
, *tail
;
1064 const u8
*beacon_ies
;
1065 const u8
*proberesp_ies
;
1066 const u8
*assocresp_ies
;
1067 const u8
*probe_resp
;
1072 size_t head_len
, tail_len
;
1073 size_t beacon_ies_len
;
1074 size_t proberesp_ies_len
;
1075 size_t assocresp_ies_len
;
1076 size_t probe_resp_len
;
1078 size_t civicloc_len
;
1081 struct mac_address
{
1086 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
1088 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
1089 * entry specified by mac_addr
1090 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
1091 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
1093 struct cfg80211_acl_data
{
1094 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy
;
1098 struct mac_address mac_addrs
[];
1102 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
1103 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
1105 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1106 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
1107 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1108 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action
1111 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery
{
1119 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe
1120 * response parameters in 6GHz.
1122 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned
1123 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive
1125 * @tmpl_len: Template length
1126 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response
1128 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp
{
1135 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
1137 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
1139 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
1141 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
{
1142 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
= BIT(0),
1146 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
1148 * Used to configure an AP interface.
1150 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1151 * @beacon: beacon data
1152 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1153 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
1154 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
1156 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
1157 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
1158 * @crypto: crypto settings
1159 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
1160 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1161 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
1162 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
1163 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
1164 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
1165 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
1166 * MAC address based access control
1167 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
1169 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1170 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
1171 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
1172 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1173 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
1174 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
1175 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
1176 * @he_required: stations must support HE
1177 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE
1178 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
1179 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
1180 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings
1181 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
1182 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters
1183 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters
1185 struct cfg80211_ap_settings
{
1186 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
1188 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon
;
1190 int beacon_interval
, dtim_period
;
1193 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid
;
1194 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto
;
1196 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type
;
1197 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode
;
1198 int inactivity_timeout
;
1201 const struct cfg80211_acl_data
*acl
;
1203 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate
;
1205 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap
*ht_cap
;
1206 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap
*vht_cap
;
1207 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem
*he_cap
;
1208 const struct ieee80211_he_operation
*he_oper
;
1209 bool ht_required
, vht_required
, he_required
, sae_h2e_required
;
1212 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd
;
1213 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color
;
1214 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery
;
1215 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp
;
1219 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1221 * Used for channel switch
1223 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1224 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1225 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1226 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1227 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1228 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1229 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1230 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1231 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1232 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1234 struct cfg80211_csa_settings
{
1235 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
1236 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa
;
1237 const u16
*counter_offsets_beacon
;
1238 const u16
*counter_offsets_presp
;
1239 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon
;
1240 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp
;
1241 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after
;
1242 bool radar_required
;
1247 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1250 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1252 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1254 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1255 * to use for verification
1256 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1257 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1258 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1259 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1260 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1262 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1263 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1266 struct iface_combination_params
{
1267 int num_different_channels
;
1269 int iftype_num
[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES
];
1274 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1275 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1276 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1277 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1279 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1280 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1282 enum station_parameters_apply_mask
{
1283 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD
= BIT(0),
1284 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY
= BIT(1),
1285 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE
= BIT(2),
1286 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER
= BIT(3),
1290 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1292 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1294 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1295 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1296 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1297 * power per-interface or per-station.
1298 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1299 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1300 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1301 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1306 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type
;
1310 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1312 * Used to change and create a new station.
1314 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1315 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1316 * (or NULL for no change)
1317 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1318 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1319 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1320 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1321 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1322 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1323 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1324 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero)
1325 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1326 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1327 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1328 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1329 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1330 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1331 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1332 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1333 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1334 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1335 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1336 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1337 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1339 * @capability: station capability
1340 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1341 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1342 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1343 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1344 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1345 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1346 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1347 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1348 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1349 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1350 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1351 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1352 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station
1353 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station
1355 struct station_parameters
{
1356 const u8
*supported_rates
;
1357 struct net_device
*vlan
;
1358 u32 sta_flags_mask
, sta_flags_set
;
1359 u32 sta_modify_mask
;
1360 int listen_interval
;
1364 u8 supported_rates_len
;
1367 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap
*ht_capa
;
1368 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap
*vht_capa
;
1371 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm
;
1373 const u8
*ext_capab
;
1375 const u8
*supported_channels
;
1376 u8 supported_channels_len
;
1377 const u8
*supported_oper_classes
;
1378 u8 supported_oper_classes_len
;
1380 bool opmode_notif_used
;
1382 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem
*he_capa
;
1385 struct sta_txpwr txpwr
;
1386 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa
*he_6ghz_capa
;
1390 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1392 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1394 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1395 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1396 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1397 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1399 struct station_del_parameters
{
1406 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1407 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1408 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1409 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1410 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1411 * the AP MLME in the device
1412 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1413 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1414 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1415 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1416 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1418 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1419 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1420 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1421 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1423 enum cfg80211_station_type
{
1424 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT
,
1425 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC
,
1426 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT
,
1427 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA
,
1429 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP
,
1430 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE
,
1431 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL
,
1432 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER
,
1436 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1437 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1438 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1439 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1441 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1442 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1443 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1444 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1445 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1447 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
1448 struct station_parameters
*params
,
1449 enum cfg80211_station_type statype
);
1452 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags
1454 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1455 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1457 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1458 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1459 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1460 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1461 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1462 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1464 enum rate_info_flags
{
1465 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS
= BIT(0),
1466 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS
= BIT(1),
1467 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI
= BIT(2),
1468 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG
= BIT(3),
1469 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS
= BIT(4),
1470 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG
= BIT(5),
1474 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1476 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1478 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1479 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1480 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1481 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1482 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1483 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1484 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1487 RATE_INFO_BW_20
= 0,
1497 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1499 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1501 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1502 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1503 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1504 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1505 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1506 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1507 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1508 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1509 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1510 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1525 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags
1527 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1528 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1530 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1531 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1532 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1534 enum bss_param_flags
{
1535 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT
= 1<<0,
1536 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE
= 1<<1,
1537 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
= 1<<2,
1541 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1543 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1545 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1546 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1547 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1549 struct sta_bss_parameters
{
1552 u16 beacon_interval
;
1556 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1557 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1558 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1559 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1560 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1561 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1562 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1563 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1564 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1565 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1566 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1567 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1568 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1569 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1571 struct cfg80211_txq_stats
{
1574 u32 backlog_packets
;
1587 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1588 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1589 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1590 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1591 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1592 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1594 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1595 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1597 struct cfg80211_tid_stats
{
1601 u64 tx_msdu_retries
;
1603 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats
;
1606 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1609 * struct station_info - station information
1611 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1613 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1614 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1615 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1616 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1617 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1618 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1619 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1620 * @llid: mesh local link id
1621 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1622 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1623 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1624 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1625 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1626 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1627 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1628 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1629 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1630 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1631 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1632 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1633 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1634 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1635 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1636 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1637 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1638 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1639 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1640 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1641 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1642 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1643 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1644 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1645 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1646 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1647 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1648 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1649 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1650 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1651 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1652 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1653 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1654 * towards this station.
1655 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1656 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1658 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1659 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1660 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1661 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1662 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1663 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1664 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1665 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1666 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1668 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1669 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1670 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1671 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1672 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1673 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server
1675 struct station_info
{
1689 s8 chain_signal
[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS
];
1690 s8 chain_signal_avg
[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS
];
1692 struct rate_info txrate
;
1693 struct rate_info rxrate
;
1698 u32 rx_dropped_misc
;
1699 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param
;
1700 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags
;
1704 const u8
*assoc_req_ies
;
1705 size_t assoc_req_ies_len
;
1707 u32 beacon_loss_count
;
1709 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm
;
1710 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm
;
1711 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm
;
1713 u32 expected_throughput
;
1718 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg
;
1719 u8 connected_to_gate
;
1721 struct cfg80211_tid_stats
*pertid
;
1730 u32 airtime_link_metric
;
1736 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit
1737 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm
1738 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to
1740 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs
{
1742 u32 freq_range_index
;
1746 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs
1747 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types
1748 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs
1749 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs
1751 struct cfg80211_sar_specs
{
1752 enum nl80211_sar_type type
;
1754 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs
[];
1759 * @struct cfg80211_sar_chan_ranges - sar frequency ranges
1760 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency
1761 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency
1763 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges
{
1769 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability
1770 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types
1771 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges
1772 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges.
1774 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing
1775 * range to small ones and then append them.
1777 struct cfg80211_sar_capa
{
1778 enum nl80211_sar_type type
;
1779 u32 num_freq_ranges
;
1780 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges
*freq_ranges
;
1783 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1785 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1786 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1787 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1788 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1790 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1791 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1792 * considered undefined.
1794 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
1795 struct station_info
*sinfo
);
1797 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device
*dev
,
1799 struct station_info
*sinfo
)
1806 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1808 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1809 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1811 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1812 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1813 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1814 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1815 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1816 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1817 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1819 enum monitor_flags
{
1820 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED
= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID
,
1821 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL
,
1822 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL
,
1823 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL
,
1824 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS
,
1825 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES
,
1826 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE
= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE
,
1830 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1832 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1833 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1835 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1836 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1837 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1838 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1839 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1840 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1841 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1842 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1843 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1845 enum mpath_info_flags
{
1846 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN
= BIT(0),
1847 MPATH_INFO_SN
= BIT(1),
1848 MPATH_INFO_METRIC
= BIT(2),
1849 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME
= BIT(3),
1850 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT
= BIT(4),
1851 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES
= BIT(5),
1852 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS
= BIT(6),
1853 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT
= BIT(7),
1854 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE
= BIT(8),
1858 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1860 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1862 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1863 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1864 * @sn: target sequence number
1865 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1866 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1867 * @flags: mesh path flags
1868 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1869 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1870 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1871 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1872 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1873 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1874 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1875 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1883 u32 discovery_timeout
;
1884 u8 discovery_retries
;
1887 u32 path_change_count
;
1893 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1895 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1897 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1898 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1899 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1900 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1901 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1902 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1903 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1904 * (or NULL for no change)
1905 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1906 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1907 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1908 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1909 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1910 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1911 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1913 struct bss_parameters
{
1915 int use_short_preamble
;
1916 int use_short_slot_time
;
1917 const u8
*basic_rates
;
1921 s8 p2p_ctwindow
, p2p_opp_ps
;
1925 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1927 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1929 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1930 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1931 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1932 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1933 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1934 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1935 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1937 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1938 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1939 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1940 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1942 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1943 * detect compatible mesh peers
1944 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1945 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1946 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1947 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1948 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1949 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1950 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1951 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1952 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1953 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1954 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1955 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1957 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1958 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1960 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1961 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1962 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1963 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1964 * announcements are transmitted
1965 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1966 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1967 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1968 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1969 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1970 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1971 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1972 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1973 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1974 * station to establish a peer link
1975 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1977 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1978 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1979 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1981 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1982 * PREQs are transmitted.
1983 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1984 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1985 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1986 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1987 * setting for new peer links.
1988 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1989 * after transmitting its beacon.
1990 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1991 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1992 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1993 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1994 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
1995 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1996 * in the mesh path table
1997 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP
1998 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might
1999 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So
2000 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
2001 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
2003 struct mesh_config
{
2004 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout
;
2005 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout
;
2006 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout
;
2007 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks
;
2008 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries
;
2011 bool auto_open_plinks
;
2012 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor
;
2013 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries
;
2014 u32 path_refresh_time
;
2015 u16 min_discovery_timeout
;
2016 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout
;
2017 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval
;
2018 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval
;
2019 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime
;
2020 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode
;
2021 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate
;
2022 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer
;
2023 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval
;
2024 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol
;
2025 bool dot11MeshForwarding
;
2028 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout
;
2029 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
;
2030 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval
;
2031 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode
;
2032 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration
;
2034 bool dot11MeshNolearn
;
2038 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
2039 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2040 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
2041 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
2042 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
2043 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
2044 * @path_metric: which metric to use
2045 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
2046 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
2047 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
2048 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
2049 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
2050 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
2051 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
2052 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2053 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
2054 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
2055 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
2056 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2057 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2058 * to operate on DFS channels.
2059 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2060 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2062 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
2065 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
2074 bool is_authenticated
;
2078 u16 beacon_interval
;
2079 int mcast_rate
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
2081 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate
;
2082 bool userspace_handles_dfs
;
2083 bool control_port_over_nl80211
;
2087 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
2088 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
2090 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
2093 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
2097 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
2098 * @ac: AC identifier
2099 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
2100 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2102 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
2104 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
2106 struct ieee80211_txq_params
{
2115 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
2117 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
2118 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
2119 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
2120 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
2121 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
2122 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
2123 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
2124 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
2125 * in the wiphy structure.
2127 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
2128 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
2129 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
2131 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
2132 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
2133 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
2138 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
2140 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
2142 struct cfg80211_ssid
{
2143 u8 ssid
[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN
];
2148 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
2149 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
2150 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
2151 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
2152 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
2153 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
2154 * userspace will be notified of that
2156 struct cfg80211_scan_info
{
2158 u8 tsf_bssid
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2163 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only
2165 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for
2166 * @bssid: bssid to scan for
2167 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request
2168 * which the above info relvant to
2169 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU
2170 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used
2171 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait
2172 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests.
2174 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params
{
2178 bool unsolicited_probe
;
2179 bool short_ssid_valid
;
2184 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
2186 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
2187 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2188 * @channels: channels to scan on.
2189 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2190 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2191 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2192 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2193 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
2194 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
2195 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
2196 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
2198 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2199 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
2200 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2201 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
2202 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
2203 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
2204 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
2205 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
2206 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2207 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2208 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2209 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2210 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only,
2211 * true if this is the second scan request
2212 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params
2213 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params
2214 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
2216 struct cfg80211_scan_request
{
2217 struct cfg80211_ssid
*ssids
;
2220 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
;
2224 bool duration_mandatory
;
2227 u32 rates
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
2229 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
;
2231 u8 mac_addr
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2232 u8 mac_addr_mask
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2233 u8 bssid
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2236 struct wiphy
*wiphy
;
2237 unsigned long scan_start
;
2238 struct cfg80211_scan_info info
;
2243 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params
*scan_6ghz_params
;
2246 struct ieee80211_channel
*channels
[];
2249 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8
*buf
, const u8
*addr
, const u8
*mask
)
2253 get_random_bytes(buf
, ETH_ALEN
);
2254 for (i
= 0; i
< ETH_ALEN
; i
++) {
2256 buf
[i
] |= addr
[i
] & mask
[i
];
2261 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
2263 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
2264 * or no match (RSSI only)
2265 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
2266 * or no match (RSSI only)
2267 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
2268 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
2269 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
2270 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
2271 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
2272 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
2273 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
2274 * corresponding matchset.
2276 struct cfg80211_match_set
{
2277 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid
;
2280 s32 per_band_rssi_thold
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
2284 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
2286 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
2287 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
2289 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2290 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2292 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan
{
2298 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2300 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2301 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2303 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust
{
2304 enum nl80211_band band
;
2309 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2311 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2312 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2313 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2314 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2315 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2316 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2317 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2318 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2319 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2320 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2321 * (others are filtered out).
2322 * If ommited, all results are passed.
2323 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2324 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2325 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2326 * @dev: the interface
2327 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2328 * @channels: channels to scan
2329 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2330 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
2331 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2332 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2333 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2334 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2335 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2336 * index must be executed first.
2337 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2338 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2339 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2340 * owned by a particular socket)
2341 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2342 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2343 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2344 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2345 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2347 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2348 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2349 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2350 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2351 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2352 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2353 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2354 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2355 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2358 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request
{
2360 struct cfg80211_ssid
*ssids
;
2363 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
;
2367 struct cfg80211_match_set
*match_sets
;
2371 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan
*scan_plans
;
2374 u8 mac_addr
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2375 u8 mac_addr_mask
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2377 bool relative_rssi_set
;
2379 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust
;
2382 struct wiphy
*wiphy
;
2383 struct net_device
*dev
;
2384 unsigned long scan_start
;
2385 bool report_results
;
2386 struct rcu_head rcu_head
;
2389 struct list_head list
;
2392 struct ieee80211_channel
*channels
[];
2396 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2398 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2399 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2400 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2402 enum cfg80211_signal_type
{
2403 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE
,
2404 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM
,
2405 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC
,
2409 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2410 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2411 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2412 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2414 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2415 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2416 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2417 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2418 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2419 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2420 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2421 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2423 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2424 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2425 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2426 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2428 struct cfg80211_inform_bss
{
2429 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
;
2430 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
;
2434 u8 parent_bssid
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
2436 s8 chain_signal
[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS
];
2440 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2441 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2442 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2443 * @len: length of the IEs
2444 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2447 struct cfg80211_bss_ies
{
2449 struct rcu_head rcu_head
;
2456 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2458 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2459 * for use in scan results and similar.
2461 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2462 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2463 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2464 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2465 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2466 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2467 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2468 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2469 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
2470 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2471 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2472 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2473 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2474 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2475 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2476 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2477 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2478 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2479 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2480 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2481 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2482 * (multi-BSSID support)
2483 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2484 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2485 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2486 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2487 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2488 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2490 struct cfg80211_bss
{
2491 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
;
2492 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
;
2494 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu
*ies
;
2495 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu
*beacon_ies
;
2496 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu
*proberesp_ies
;
2498 struct cfg80211_bss
*hidden_beacon_bss
;
2499 struct cfg80211_bss
*transmitted_bss
;
2500 struct list_head nontrans_list
;
2504 u16 beacon_interval
;
2509 s8 chain_signal
[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS
];
2512 u8 max_bssid_indicator
;
2514 u8 priv
[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2518 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2519 * @bss: the bss to search
2520 * @id: the element ID
2522 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2523 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2524 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2526 const struct element
*ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
, u8 id
);
2529 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2530 * @bss: the bss to search
2531 * @id: the element ID
2533 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2534 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2535 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2537 static inline const u8
*ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
, u8 id
)
2539 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss
, id
);
2544 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2546 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2549 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2550 * to it if it needs to keep it.
2551 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2552 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2553 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2554 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2555 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2556 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2557 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2558 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2559 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2560 * transaction sequence number field.
2561 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2563 struct cfg80211_auth_request
{
2564 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
2567 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type
;
2569 u8 key_len
, key_idx
;
2570 const u8
*auth_data
;
2571 size_t auth_data_len
;
2575 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2577 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
2578 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
2579 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2580 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2581 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2582 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2583 * request (connect callback).
2585 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
{
2586 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT
= BIT(0),
2587 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT
= BIT(1),
2588 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM
= BIT(2),
2589 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
= BIT(3),
2593 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2595 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2597 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2598 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2599 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2600 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2601 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2602 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2603 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2604 * @crypto: crypto settings
2605 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2606 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2607 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2608 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2609 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2611 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2612 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2613 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2614 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2615 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2616 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2617 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2618 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
2619 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2620 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2621 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2622 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2623 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override
2624 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask
2626 struct cfg80211_assoc_request
{
2627 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
2628 const u8
*ie
, *prev_bssid
;
2630 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto
;
2633 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa
;
2634 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask
;
2635 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa
, vht_capa_mask
;
2637 size_t fils_kek_len
;
2638 const u8
*fils_nonces
;
2639 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa
, s1g_capa_mask
;
2643 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2645 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2648 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2649 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2650 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2651 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2652 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2653 * do not set a deauth frame
2655 struct cfg80211_deauth_request
{
2660 bool local_state_change
;
2664 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2666 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2669 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2670 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2671 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2672 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2673 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2674 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2676 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request
{
2677 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
2681 bool local_state_change
;
2685 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2687 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2690 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2691 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2692 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2693 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2694 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2695 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2696 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
2697 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2698 * @ie_len: length of that
2699 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2700 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2702 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2703 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2704 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2705 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2706 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2707 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2708 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2709 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2710 * to operate on DFS channels.
2711 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2712 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2713 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2714 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2715 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2716 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2717 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2718 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2720 struct cfg80211_ibss_params
{
2723 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
2725 u8 ssid_len
, ie_len
;
2726 u16 beacon_interval
;
2731 bool control_port_over_nl80211
;
2732 bool userspace_handles_dfs
;
2733 int mcast_rate
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
2734 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa
;
2735 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask
;
2736 struct key_params
*wep_keys
;
2741 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2743 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2744 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2745 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2746 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2748 struct cfg80211_bss_selection
{
2749 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour
;
2751 enum nl80211_band band_pref
;
2752 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust
;
2757 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2759 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2760 * authentication and association.
2762 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2764 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2765 * %NULL if not specified
2766 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2768 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2769 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2770 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2773 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2774 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2775 * @ie: IEs for association request
2776 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2777 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2778 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2779 * @crypto: crypto settings
2780 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2781 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2782 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2783 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2784 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
2785 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2786 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2787 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2788 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2789 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
2790 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2791 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2793 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2794 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2795 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2796 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2797 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2798 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2800 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2801 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2803 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2804 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2805 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2806 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2807 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2808 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2809 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2810 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2811 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2812 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2813 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2814 * offload of 4-way handshake.
2815 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2816 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2817 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2819 struct cfg80211_connect_params
{
2820 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
;
2821 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel_hint
;
2823 const u8
*bssid_hint
;
2826 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type
;
2830 enum nl80211_mfp mfp
;
2831 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto
;
2833 u8 key_len
, key_idx
;
2836 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa
;
2837 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask
;
2838 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa
;
2839 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask
;
2841 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select
;
2842 const u8
*prev_bssid
;
2843 const u8
*fils_erp_username
;
2844 size_t fils_erp_username_len
;
2845 const u8
*fils_erp_realm
;
2846 size_t fils_erp_realm_len
;
2847 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num
;
2848 const u8
*fils_erp_rrk
;
2849 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len
;
2851 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg
;
2855 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2857 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2858 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2860 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2861 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2862 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2863 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2865 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed
{
2866 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES
= BIT(0),
2867 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO
= BIT(1),
2868 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE
= BIT(2),
2872 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2873 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2874 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2875 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2876 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2877 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2878 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2879 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2880 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2881 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2883 enum wiphy_params_flags
{
2884 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT
= 1 << 0,
2885 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG
= 1 << 1,
2886 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD
= 1 << 2,
2887 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD
= 1 << 3,
2888 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS
= 1 << 4,
2889 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK
= 1 << 5,
2890 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT
= 1 << 6,
2891 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT
= 1 << 7,
2892 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM
= 1 << 8,
2895 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
2897 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */
2898 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000
2899 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000
2901 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */
2902 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000
2905 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2907 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2910 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2911 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2912 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2913 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2914 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2915 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2916 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2917 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2918 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2919 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2920 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2922 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds
2923 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified.
2924 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after
2925 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on
2926 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK
2927 * used for it expires.
2928 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of
2929 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified.
2930 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using
2931 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this
2932 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires.
2934 struct cfg80211_pmksa
{
2943 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold
;
2947 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2948 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2949 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2950 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2951 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2952 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2954 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2955 * memory, free @mask only!
2957 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern
{
2958 const u8
*mask
, *pattern
;
2964 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2966 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2967 * @src: source IP address
2968 * @dst: destination IP address
2969 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2970 * @src_port: source port
2971 * @dst_port: destination port
2972 * @payload_len: data payload length
2973 * @payload: data payload buffer
2974 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2975 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2976 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2977 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2978 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2979 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2980 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2982 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp
{
2983 struct socket
*sock
;
2985 u16 src_port
, dst_port
;
2986 u8 dst_mac
[ETH_ALEN
];
2989 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq
;
2992 const u8
*wake_data
, *wake_mask
;
2994 /* must be last, variable member */
2995 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok
;
2999 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
3001 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
3002 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
3003 * operating as normal during suspend
3004 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
3005 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
3006 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
3007 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3008 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
3009 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
3010 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
3011 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
3012 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
3013 * NULL if not configured.
3014 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
3016 struct cfg80211_wowlan
{
3017 bool any
, disconnect
, magic_pkt
, gtk_rekey_failure
,
3018 eap_identity_req
, four_way_handshake
,
3020 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern
*patterns
;
3021 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp
*tcp
;
3023 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request
*nd_config
;
3027 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
3029 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
3030 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
3031 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
3032 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
3033 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
3034 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
3036 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules
{
3038 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition
;
3039 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern
*patterns
;
3044 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
3046 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
3047 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
3048 * @n_rules: number of rules
3050 struct cfg80211_coalesce
{
3051 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules
*rules
;
3056 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
3058 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
3059 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
3060 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
3061 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
3064 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match
{
3065 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid
;
3071 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
3073 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
3074 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
3075 * match information.
3076 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
3077 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
3079 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info
{
3081 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match
*matches
[];
3085 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
3086 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
3087 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
3088 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
3089 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
3090 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
3091 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
3092 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
3093 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
3094 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
3095 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
3096 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
3097 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
3098 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
3100 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
3101 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
3102 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
3103 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
3105 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup
{
3106 bool disconnect
, magic_pkt
, gtk_rekey_failure
,
3107 eap_identity_req
, four_way_handshake
,
3108 rfkill_release
, packet_80211
,
3109 tcp_match
, tcp_connlost
, tcp_nomoretokens
;
3111 u32 packet_present_len
, packet_len
;
3113 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info
*net_detect
;
3117 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
3118 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes)
3119 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes)
3120 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
3121 * @kek_len: length of kek
3122 * @kck_len length of kck
3123 * @akm: akm (oui, id)
3125 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data
{
3126 const u8
*kek
, *kck
, *replay_ctr
;
3128 u8 kek_len
, kck_len
;
3132 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
3134 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
3136 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
3137 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
3138 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
3140 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params
{
3147 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
3149 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
3151 * @chan: channel to use
3152 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
3153 * @wait: duration for ROC
3154 * @buf: buffer to transmit
3155 * @len: buffer length
3156 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
3157 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
3158 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
3159 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
3161 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
{
3162 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
;
3168 bool dont_wait_for_ack
;
3170 const u16
*csa_offsets
;
3174 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
3176 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
3177 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
3179 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception
{
3185 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
3187 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3188 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
3190 struct cfg80211_dscp_range
{
3195 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
3196 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
3197 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
3198 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
3199 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
3202 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
3204 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
3206 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
3207 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
3208 * the user priority DSCP range definition
3209 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
3211 struct cfg80211_qos_map
{
3213 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception
[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX
];
3214 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up
[8];
3218 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
3220 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
3222 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
3223 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
3224 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
3225 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
3227 struct cfg80211_nan_conf
{
3233 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
3236 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
3237 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
3239 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes
{
3240 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF
= BIT(0),
3241 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS
= BIT(1),
3245 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
3247 * @filter: the content of the filter
3248 * @len: the length of the filter
3250 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter
{
3256 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
3258 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
3259 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
3260 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
3261 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
3262 * implementation specific.
3263 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
3264 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
3265 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
3266 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
3267 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
3268 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
3269 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
3270 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
3271 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
3272 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
3273 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
3274 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
3275 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
3276 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
3277 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
3278 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
3279 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
3280 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
3281 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
3282 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
3284 struct cfg80211_nan_func
{
3285 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type
;
3286 u8 service_id
[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN
];
3290 bool subscribe_active
;
3293 struct mac_address followup_dest
;
3295 const u8
*serv_spec_info
;
3296 u8 serv_spec_info_len
;
3301 struct mac_address
*srf_macs
;
3303 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter
*rx_filters
;
3304 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter
*tx_filters
;
3312 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
3314 * @aa: authenticator address
3315 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
3316 * @pmk: the PMK material
3317 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3318 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3321 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf
{
3325 const u8
*pmk_r0_name
;
3329 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3331 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3333 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3334 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3335 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3336 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3337 * authentication response command interface.
3338 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
3339 * authentication response command interface.
3340 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3341 * authentication request event interface.
3342 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3343 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3344 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3345 * response command interface (user space to driver).
3346 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3348 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params
{
3349 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action
;
3350 u8 bssid
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
3351 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid
;
3352 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite
;
3358 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3360 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3361 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3362 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3364 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3365 * successfully answered
3366 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3367 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3368 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
3369 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3370 * of how much time the responder was busy
3371 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3372 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3374 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3375 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3376 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3378 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats
{
3385 u64 total_duration_ms
;
3386 u32 unknown_triggers_num
;
3387 u32 reschedule_requests_num
;
3388 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num
;
3392 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3393 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3394 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3395 * reason than just "failure"
3396 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3397 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3398 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3399 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3400 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3401 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3403 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3404 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3405 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3406 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3407 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3408 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3409 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3410 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3411 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3412 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3413 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3414 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3415 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3416 * the square root of the variance)
3417 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3418 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3419 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3420 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3421 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3422 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3423 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3424 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3425 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3426 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3427 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3428 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3429 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3430 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3431 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3432 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3433 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3435 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result
{
3438 unsigned int lci_len
;
3439 unsigned int civicloc_len
;
3440 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason
;
3441 u32 num_ftmr_attempts
, num_ftmr_successes
;
3449 struct rate_info tx_rate
, rx_rate
;
3457 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid
:1,
3458 num_ftmr_successes_valid
:1,
3460 rssi_spread_valid
:1,
3464 rtt_variance_valid
:1,
3467 dist_variance_valid
:1,
3468 dist_spread_valid
:1;
3472 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3473 * @addr: address of the peer
3474 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3475 * measurement was made)
3476 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3477 * @status: status of the measurement
3478 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3479 * reporting partial results always set this flag
3480 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3481 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3482 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3483 * they're all aggregated for userspace.
3485 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result
{
3486 u64 host_time
, ap_tsf
;
3487 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status
;
3494 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type
;
3497 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm
;
3502 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3503 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3504 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3505 * @burst_period: burst period to use
3506 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3507 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3508 * @burst_duration: burst duration
3509 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3510 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3511 * @request_lci: request LCI information
3512 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3513 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement
3514 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3515 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
3516 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement
3517 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set,
3518 * EDCA based ranging will be used.
3520 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3522 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
{
3523 enum nl80211_preamble preamble
;
3530 non_trigger_based
:1;
3538 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3539 * @addr: MAC address
3540 * @chandef: channel to use
3541 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3542 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3544 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer
{
3546 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
3548 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm
;
3552 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3553 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3554 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3555 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3556 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3557 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3558 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3559 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3560 * be taken from the @mac_addr
3561 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3562 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3563 * zero it means there's no timeout
3564 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3565 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3567 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
{
3575 u8 mac_addr
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
3576 u8 mac_addr_mask
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
3578 struct list_head list
;
3580 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers
[];
3584 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3586 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3587 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3589 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3591 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3593 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3594 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3595 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3596 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3597 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3598 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3599 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3600 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3602 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info
{
3603 u8 peer
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(2);
3610 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data
3611 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3612 * for the entire device
3613 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered
3614 * for the given interface
3615 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes
3616 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface
3617 * for these subtypes
3619 struct mgmt_frame_regs
{
3620 u32 global_stypes
, interface_stypes
;
3621 u32 global_mcast_stypes
, interface_mcast_stypes
;
3625 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3627 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3628 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3630 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3631 * on success or a negative error code.
3633 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3634 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3635 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3637 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3638 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3639 * configured for the device.
3640 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3641 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3642 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3645 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3646 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3647 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3648 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3649 * also set the address member in the wdev.
3651 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3653 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3654 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3656 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3657 * when adding a group key.
3659 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3660 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3661 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3662 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3663 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3665 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3666 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3668 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3670 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3672 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface
3674 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3676 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3677 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3678 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3679 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3681 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3682 * @del_station: Remove a station
3683 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3684 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3685 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3686 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3687 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3688 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3689 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3691 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3692 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3693 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3694 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3695 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3696 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3697 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3698 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3699 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3700 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3701 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3703 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3705 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3706 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3707 * set, and which to leave alone.
3709 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3711 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3713 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3714 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3715 * join the mesh instead.
3717 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3718 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3719 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3720 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3722 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3723 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3724 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3725 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3726 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3727 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3729 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3730 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3731 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3732 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3733 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3734 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3735 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3736 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3738 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3739 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3740 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3741 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3742 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3744 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3745 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3746 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3747 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3748 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
3749 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3750 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3751 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3752 * indication of requesting reassociation.
3753 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3754 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3755 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3756 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3757 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3758 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3759 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3760 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3761 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3762 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3763 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3764 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3765 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3766 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
3767 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3769 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3770 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3772 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3773 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3774 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3776 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3779 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3780 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3781 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3782 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3784 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3785 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3786 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3787 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3788 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3789 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3790 * return 0 if successful
3792 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3793 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3795 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3797 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3798 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3799 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3800 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3801 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3802 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3803 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3804 * the duration value.
3805 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3806 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3807 * frame on another channel
3809 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3810 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3811 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3812 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3813 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3814 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3815 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3817 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3819 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3820 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3821 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3822 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3823 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3824 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3825 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3826 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3827 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3828 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3829 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3831 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3832 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
3833 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
3834 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3835 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3836 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3838 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3839 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3840 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3841 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3842 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3843 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3844 * stop (when this method returns 0).
3846 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame
3847 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3849 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3850 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3851 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3852 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3854 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3856 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3857 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3859 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3860 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3862 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3864 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3865 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3866 * current monitoring channel.
3868 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3869 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3871 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3872 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3873 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3874 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3875 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3876 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3878 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3880 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC
3881 * was finished on another phy.
3883 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3884 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3885 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3887 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3888 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3889 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3890 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3891 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
3892 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3894 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3895 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3896 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3897 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3898 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3899 * as soon as possible.
3901 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3903 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3904 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3905 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3907 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3908 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3909 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3911 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3912 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3913 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3914 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3916 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3918 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3919 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3920 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3921 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3923 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3924 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3925 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3926 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3927 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3928 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3929 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3930 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3931 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3932 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3933 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3934 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3935 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3936 * provided @nan_func.
3937 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3938 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3939 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3940 * All other parameters must be ignored.
3942 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3944 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3945 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3947 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3948 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3949 * upon which the driver should clear it.
3950 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3951 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3952 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3954 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3957 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
3958 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3960 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3961 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3962 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3963 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3965 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3966 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3967 * DH IE through this interface.
3969 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3970 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3971 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific
3972 * This callback may sleep.
3973 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the
3974 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep.
3976 struct cfg80211_ops
{
3977 int (*suspend
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct cfg80211_wowlan
*wow
);
3978 int (*resume
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
3979 void (*set_wakeup
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, bool enabled
);
3981 struct wireless_dev
* (*add_virtual_intf
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
3983 unsigned char name_assign_type
,
3984 enum nl80211_iftype type
,
3985 struct vif_params
*params
);
3986 int (*del_virtual_intf
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
3987 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
3988 int (*change_virtual_intf
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
3989 struct net_device
*dev
,
3990 enum nl80211_iftype type
,
3991 struct vif_params
*params
);
3993 int (*add_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
3994 u8 key_index
, bool pairwise
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
3995 struct key_params
*params
);
3996 int (*get_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
3997 u8 key_index
, bool pairwise
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
3999 void (*callback
)(void *cookie
, struct key_params
*));
4000 int (*del_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4001 u8 key_index
, bool pairwise
, const u8
*mac_addr
);
4002 int (*set_default_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4003 struct net_device
*netdev
,
4004 u8 key_index
, bool unicast
, bool multicast
);
4005 int (*set_default_mgmt_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4006 struct net_device
*netdev
,
4008 int (*set_default_beacon_key
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4009 struct net_device
*netdev
,
4012 int (*start_ap
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4013 struct cfg80211_ap_settings
*settings
);
4014 int (*change_beacon
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4015 struct cfg80211_beacon_data
*info
);
4016 int (*stop_ap
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
);
4019 int (*add_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4021 struct station_parameters
*params
);
4022 int (*del_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4023 struct station_del_parameters
*params
);
4024 int (*change_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4026 struct station_parameters
*params
);
4027 int (*get_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4028 const u8
*mac
, struct station_info
*sinfo
);
4029 int (*dump_station
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4030 int idx
, u8
*mac
, struct station_info
*sinfo
);
4032 int (*add_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4033 const u8
*dst
, const u8
*next_hop
);
4034 int (*del_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4036 int (*change_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4037 const u8
*dst
, const u8
*next_hop
);
4038 int (*get_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4039 u8
*dst
, u8
*next_hop
, struct mpath_info
*pinfo
);
4040 int (*dump_mpath
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4041 int idx
, u8
*dst
, u8
*next_hop
,
4042 struct mpath_info
*pinfo
);
4043 int (*get_mpp
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4044 u8
*dst
, u8
*mpp
, struct mpath_info
*pinfo
);
4045 int (*dump_mpp
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4046 int idx
, u8
*dst
, u8
*mpp
,
4047 struct mpath_info
*pinfo
);
4048 int (*get_mesh_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4049 struct net_device
*dev
,
4050 struct mesh_config
*conf
);
4051 int (*update_mesh_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4052 struct net_device
*dev
, u32 mask
,
4053 const struct mesh_config
*nconf
);
4054 int (*join_mesh
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4055 const struct mesh_config
*conf
,
4056 const struct mesh_setup
*setup
);
4057 int (*leave_mesh
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
);
4059 int (*join_ocb
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4060 struct ocb_setup
*setup
);
4061 int (*leave_ocb
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
);
4063 int (*change_bss
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4064 struct bss_parameters
*params
);
4066 int (*set_txq_params
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4067 struct ieee80211_txq_params
*params
);
4069 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4070 struct net_device
*dev
,
4071 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
);
4073 int (*set_monitor_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4074 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
4076 int (*scan
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4077 struct cfg80211_scan_request
*request
);
4078 void (*abort_scan
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4080 int (*auth
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4081 struct cfg80211_auth_request
*req
);
4082 int (*assoc
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4083 struct cfg80211_assoc_request
*req
);
4084 int (*deauth
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4085 struct cfg80211_deauth_request
*req
);
4086 int (*disassoc
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4087 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request
*req
);
4089 int (*connect
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4090 struct cfg80211_connect_params
*sme
);
4091 int (*update_connect_params
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4092 struct net_device
*dev
,
4093 struct cfg80211_connect_params
*sme
,
4095 int (*disconnect
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4098 int (*join_ibss
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4099 struct cfg80211_ibss_params
*params
);
4100 int (*leave_ibss
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
);
4102 int (*set_mcast_rate
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4103 int rate
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
]);
4105 int (*set_wiphy_params
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u32 changed
);
4107 int (*set_tx_power
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4108 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type
, int mbm
);
4109 int (*get_tx_power
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4112 void (*rfkill_poll
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
4114 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
4115 int (*testmode_cmd
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4116 void *data
, int len
);
4117 int (*testmode_dump
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct sk_buff
*skb
,
4118 struct netlink_callback
*cb
,
4119 void *data
, int len
);
4122 int (*set_bitrate_mask
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4123 struct net_device
*dev
,
4125 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask
*mask
);
4127 int (*dump_survey
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4128 int idx
, struct survey_info
*info
);
4130 int (*set_pmksa
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4131 struct cfg80211_pmksa
*pmksa
);
4132 int (*del_pmksa
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
,
4133 struct cfg80211_pmksa
*pmksa
);
4134 int (*flush_pmksa
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*netdev
);
4136 int (*remain_on_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4137 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4138 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
,
4139 unsigned int duration
,
4141 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4142 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4145 int (*mgmt_tx
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4146 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params
*params
,
4148 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4149 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4152 int (*set_power_mgmt
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4153 bool enabled
, int timeout
);
4155 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4156 struct net_device
*dev
,
4157 s32 rssi_thold
, u32 rssi_hyst
);
4159 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4160 struct net_device
*dev
,
4161 s32 rssi_low
, s32 rssi_high
);
4163 int (*set_cqm_txe_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4164 struct net_device
*dev
,
4165 u32 rate
, u32 pkts
, u32 intvl
);
4167 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4168 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4169 struct mgmt_frame_regs
*upd
);
4171 int (*set_antenna
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u32 tx_ant
, u32 rx_ant
);
4172 int (*get_antenna
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u32
*tx_ant
, u32
*rx_ant
);
4174 int (*sched_scan_start
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4175 struct net_device
*dev
,
4176 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request
*request
);
4177 int (*sched_scan_stop
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4180 int (*set_rekey_data
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4181 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data
*data
);
4183 int (*tdls_mgmt
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4184 const u8
*peer
, u8 action_code
, u8 dialog_token
,
4185 u16 status_code
, u32 peer_capability
,
4186 bool initiator
, const u8
*buf
, size_t len
);
4187 int (*tdls_oper
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4188 const u8
*peer
, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper
);
4190 int (*probe_client
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4191 const u8
*peer
, u64
*cookie
);
4193 int (*set_noack_map
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4194 struct net_device
*dev
,
4197 int (*get_channel
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4198 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4199 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
4201 int (*start_p2p_device
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4202 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4203 void (*stop_p2p_device
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4204 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4206 int (*set_mac_acl
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4207 const struct cfg80211_acl_data
*params
);
4209 int (*start_radar_detection
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4210 struct net_device
*dev
,
4211 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
4213 void (*end_cac
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4214 struct net_device
*dev
);
4215 int (*update_ft_ies
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4216 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params
*ftie
);
4217 int (*crit_proto_start
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4218 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4219 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol
,
4221 void (*crit_proto_stop
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4222 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4223 int (*set_coalesce
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4224 struct cfg80211_coalesce
*coalesce
);
4226 int (*channel_switch
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4227 struct net_device
*dev
,
4228 struct cfg80211_csa_settings
*params
);
4230 int (*set_qos_map
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4231 struct net_device
*dev
,
4232 struct cfg80211_qos_map
*qos_map
);
4234 int (*set_ap_chanwidth
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4235 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
4237 int (*add_tx_ts
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4238 u8 tsid
, const u8
*peer
, u8 user_prio
,
4240 int (*del_tx_ts
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4241 u8 tsid
, const u8
*peer
);
4243 int (*tdls_channel_switch
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4244 struct net_device
*dev
,
4245 const u8
*addr
, u8 oper_class
,
4246 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
4247 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4248 struct net_device
*dev
,
4250 int (*start_nan
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4251 struct cfg80211_nan_conf
*conf
);
4252 void (*stop_nan
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
4253 int (*add_nan_func
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4254 struct cfg80211_nan_func
*nan_func
);
4255 void (*del_nan_func
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4257 int (*nan_change_conf
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4258 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4259 struct cfg80211_nan_conf
*conf
,
4262 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4263 struct net_device
*dev
,
4264 const bool enabled
);
4266 int (*get_txq_stats
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4267 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4268 struct cfg80211_txq_stats
*txqstats
);
4270 int (*set_pmk
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4271 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf
*conf
);
4272 int (*del_pmk
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4274 int (*external_auth
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4275 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params
*params
);
4277 int (*tx_control_port
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4278 struct net_device
*dev
,
4279 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
,
4280 const u8
*dest
, const __be16 proto
,
4281 const bool noencrypt
,
4284 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4285 struct net_device
*dev
,
4286 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats
*ftm_stats
);
4288 int (*start_pmsr
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4289 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
*request
);
4290 void (*abort_pmsr
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4291 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
*request
);
4292 int (*update_owe_info
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4293 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info
*owe_info
);
4294 int (*probe_mesh_link
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4295 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
);
4296 int (*set_tid_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4297 struct cfg80211_tid_config
*tid_conf
);
4298 int (*reset_tid_config
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net_device
*dev
,
4299 const u8
*peer
, u8 tids
);
4300 int (*set_sar_specs
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
4301 struct cfg80211_sar_specs
*sar
);
4305 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
4306 * and registration/helper functions
4310 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
4312 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split
4313 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB.
4314 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
4316 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
4317 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
4318 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
4319 * reason to override the default
4320 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
4321 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
4322 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
4323 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
4324 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
4325 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
4326 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
4327 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
4328 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
4329 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
4330 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
4332 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
4333 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
4334 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
4335 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
4336 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
4337 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
4338 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
4339 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
4340 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
4341 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
4342 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
4343 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
4344 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
4345 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
4346 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
4347 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
4348 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
4349 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
4350 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
4351 * before connection.
4352 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys
4355 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK
= BIT(0),
4357 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ
= BIT(2),
4358 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK
= BIT(3),
4359 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT
= BIT(4),
4360 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP
= BIT(5),
4361 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION
= BIT(6),
4362 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL
= BIT(7),
4363 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN
= BIT(8),
4364 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH
= BIT(10),
4365 /* use hole at 11 */
4366 /* use hole at 12 */
4367 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM
= BIT(13),
4368 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD
= BIT(14),
4369 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
= BIT(15),
4370 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP
= BIT(16),
4371 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME
= BIT(17),
4372 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS
= BIT(18),
4373 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD
= BIT(19),
4374 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX
= BIT(20),
4375 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
= BIT(21),
4376 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ
= BIT(22),
4377 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
= BIT(23),
4378 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP
= BIT(24),
4382 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4383 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4384 * @types: interface types (bits)
4386 struct ieee80211_iface_limit
{
4392 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4394 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4395 * combinations it supports concurrently.
4399 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4403 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4404 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4405 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4407 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4408 * .limits = limits1,
4409 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4410 * .max_interfaces = 2,
4411 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4415 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4419 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4420 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4421 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4423 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4424 * .limits = limits2,
4425 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4426 * .max_interfaces = 8,
4427 * .num_different_channels = 1,
4431 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4433 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4437 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4438 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4439 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4440 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4442 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4443 * .limits = limits3,
4444 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4445 * .max_interfaces = 4,
4446 * .num_different_channels = 2,
4450 struct ieee80211_iface_combination
{
4453 * limits for the given interface types
4455 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit
*limits
;
4458 * @num_different_channels:
4459 * can use up to this many different channels
4461 u32 num_different_channels
;
4465 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4471 * number of limitations
4476 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4477 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4478 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4480 bool beacon_int_infra_match
;
4483 * @radar_detect_widths:
4484 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4486 u8 radar_detect_widths
;
4489 * @radar_detect_regions:
4490 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4492 u8 radar_detect_regions
;
4495 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4496 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4499 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4501 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4502 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4503 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4505 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd
;
4508 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes
{
4513 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4514 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4515 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4516 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4517 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4518 * packet should be preserved in that case
4519 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4521 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4522 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4523 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4524 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4525 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4526 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4527 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4529 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
{
4530 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY
= BIT(0),
4531 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT
= BIT(1),
4532 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT
= BIT(2),
4533 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY
= BIT(3),
4534 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE
= BIT(4),
4535 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ
= BIT(5),
4536 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE
= BIT(6),
4537 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE
= BIT(7),
4538 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT
= BIT(8),
4541 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support
{
4542 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature
*tok
;
4543 u32 data_payload_max
;
4544 u32 data_interval_max
;
4545 u32 wake_payload_max
;
4550 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4551 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4552 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4553 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4554 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4555 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4556 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4557 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4558 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4560 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4562 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4564 struct wiphy_wowlan_support
{
4567 int pattern_max_len
;
4568 int pattern_min_len
;
4570 int max_nd_match_sets
;
4571 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support
*tcp
;
4575 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4576 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4577 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4578 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4579 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4580 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4581 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4582 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4584 struct wiphy_coalesce_support
{
4588 int pattern_max_len
;
4589 int pattern_min_len
;
4594 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4595 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4596 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4597 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4598 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4600 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
{
4601 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV
= BIT(0),
4602 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV
= BIT(1),
4603 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING
= BIT(2),
4607 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4609 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4610 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4611 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4614 enum wiphy_opmode_flag
{
4615 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED
= BIT(0),
4616 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED
= BIT(1),
4617 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED
= BIT(2),
4621 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4622 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4623 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4624 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4625 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4628 struct sta_opmode_info
{
4630 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode
;
4631 enum nl80211_chan_width bw
;
4635 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4638 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4639 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4640 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4641 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4642 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4643 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4644 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4645 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4647 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4648 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4649 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4650 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4651 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4652 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4653 * are used with dump requests.
4655 struct wiphy_vendor_command
{
4656 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info
;
4658 int (*doit
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4659 const void *data
, int data_len
);
4660 int (*dumpit
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
4661 struct sk_buff
*skb
, const void *data
, int data_len
,
4662 unsigned long *storage
);
4663 const struct nla_policy
*policy
;
4664 unsigned int maxattr
;
4668 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4669 * @iftype: interface type
4670 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4671 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4672 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4673 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4674 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4675 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4676 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4678 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab
{
4679 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
;
4680 const u8
*extended_capabilities
;
4681 const u8
*extended_capabilities_mask
;
4682 u8 extended_capabilities_len
;
4686 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4687 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4688 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4689 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4690 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4691 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4692 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4693 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4694 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4695 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4696 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4697 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4698 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4699 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4700 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4702 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4703 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported
4705 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities
{
4706 unsigned int max_peers
;
4708 randomize_mac_addr
:1;
4713 s8 max_bursts_exponent
;
4714 u8 max_ftms_per_burst
;
4721 non_trigger_based
:1;
4726 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm
4727 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the
4728 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites.
4730 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types
4731 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites
4732 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4734 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites
{
4736 const u32
*akm_suites
;
4741 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4742 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4743 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4744 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4745 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4746 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4747 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4748 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4749 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4750 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4751 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4752 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if
4753 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in
4754 * iftype_akm_suites.
4755 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4756 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type.
4757 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot
4758 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all
4759 * instances of iftype_akm_suites).
4760 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm
4761 * suites are specified separately.
4762 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4763 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4764 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4765 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4766 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4767 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4768 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4769 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4770 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4771 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4772 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4773 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4774 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4775 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4776 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4777 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4778 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4779 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4780 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4781 * unregister hardware
4782 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>).
4783 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames
4784 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in
4785 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev()
4787 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4788 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4789 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4790 * must be set by driver
4791 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4792 * list single interface types.
4793 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4794 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4795 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4796 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4797 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4798 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4799 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4800 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4801 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4802 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4803 * this variable determines its size
4804 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4806 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4807 * the device can run concurrently.
4808 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4809 * for in any given scheduled scan
4810 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4811 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4813 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4814 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4815 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
4816 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4818 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4819 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4820 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4821 * single scan plan supported by the device.
4822 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4823 * scan plan supported by the device.
4824 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4825 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4826 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4827 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4828 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4829 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4830 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4832 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4833 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4836 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4837 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4838 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4840 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4841 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4842 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4844 * @probe_resp_offload:
4845 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4846 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4847 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4849 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4850 * may request, if implemented.
4852 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4853 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4854 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4855 * to the suspend() operation instead.
4857 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4858 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4859 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4860 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4861 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4863 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4864 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4866 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4869 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4870 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4871 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4872 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4873 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4874 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4875 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4876 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4877 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4878 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4879 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4880 * capabilities are specified separately.
4881 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4883 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4884 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4885 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4886 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4888 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4889 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4890 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4891 * some cases, but may not always reach.
4893 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4894 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
4895 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4897 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4898 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4899 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4901 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4902 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
4903 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4904 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4906 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4907 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4908 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4910 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using
4913 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4914 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4915 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4916 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4918 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4920 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the
4922 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4923 * supported by the driver for each vif
4924 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations)
4925 * supported by the driver for each peer
4926 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for
4927 * long/short retry configuration
4929 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for
4930 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and
4931 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes
4934 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4936 u8 perm_addr
[ETH_ALEN
];
4937 u8 addr_mask
[ETH_ALEN
];
4939 struct mac_address
*addresses
;
4941 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes
*mgmt_stypes
;
4943 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination
*iface_combinations
;
4944 int n_iface_combinations
;
4945 u16 software_iftypes
;
4949 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4950 u16 interface_modes
;
4952 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs
;
4954 u32 flags
, regulatory_flags
, features
;
4955 u8 ext_features
[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
, 8)];
4959 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type
;
4963 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs
;
4964 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids
;
4966 u16 max_scan_ie_len
;
4967 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len
;
4968 u32 max_sched_scan_plans
;
4969 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval
;
4970 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations
;
4972 int n_cipher_suites
;
4973 const u32
*cipher_suites
;
4976 const u32
*akm_suites
;
4978 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites
*iftype_akm_suites
;
4979 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites
;
4987 char fw_version
[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN
];
4991 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support
*wowlan
;
4992 struct cfg80211_wowlan
*wowlan_config
;
4995 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration
;
4999 u32 available_antennas_tx
;
5000 u32 available_antennas_rx
;
5002 u32 probe_resp_offload
;
5004 const u8
*extended_capabilities
, *extended_capabilities_mask
;
5005 u8 extended_capabilities_len
;
5007 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab
*iftype_ext_capab
;
5008 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab
;
5012 struct ieee80211_supported_band
*bands
[NUM_NL80211_BANDS
];
5014 void (*reg_notifier
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
5015 struct regulatory_request
*request
);
5017 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
5019 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu
*regd
;
5025 struct dentry
*debugfsdir
;
5027 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap
*ht_capa_mod_mask
;
5028 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap
*vht_capa_mod_mask
;
5030 struct list_head wdev_list
;
5032 possible_net_t _net
;
5034 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5035 const struct iw_handler_def
*wext
;
5038 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support
*coalesce
;
5040 const struct wiphy_vendor_command
*vendor_commands
;
5041 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info
*vendor_events
;
5042 int n_vendor_commands
, n_vendor_events
;
5044 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta
;
5046 u8 max_num_csa_counters
;
5048 u32 bss_select_support
;
5050 u8 nan_supported_bands
;
5053 u32 txq_memory_limit
;
5056 unsigned long tx_queue_len
;
5058 u8 support_mbssid
:1,
5059 support_only_he_mbssid
:1;
5061 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities
*pmsr_capa
;
5066 } tid_config_support
;
5068 u8 max_data_retry_count
;
5070 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa
*sar_capa
;
5072 char priv
[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN
);
5075 static inline struct net
*wiphy_net(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5077 return read_pnet(&wiphy
->_net
);
5080 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct net
*net
)
5082 write_pnet(&wiphy
->_net
, net
);
5086 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
5088 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
5089 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
5091 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5094 return &wiphy
->priv
;
5098 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
5100 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
5101 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
5103 static inline struct wiphy
*priv_to_wiphy(void *priv
)
5106 return container_of(priv
, struct wiphy
, priv
);
5110 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
5112 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
5113 * @dev: The device to parent it to
5115 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct device
*dev
)
5117 wiphy
->dev
.parent
= dev
;
5121 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
5123 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
5124 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
5126 static inline struct device
*wiphy_dev(struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5128 return wiphy
->dev
.parent
;
5132 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
5134 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
5135 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
5137 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy
*wiphy
)
5139 return dev_name(&wiphy
->dev
);
5143 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5145 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5146 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5147 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
5148 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
5150 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5151 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5153 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5154 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5156 struct wiphy
*wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops
*ops
, int sizeof_priv
,
5157 const char *requested_name
);
5160 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
5162 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
5163 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
5165 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
5166 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
5168 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
5169 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
5171 static inline struct wiphy
*wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops
*ops
,
5174 return wiphy_new_nm(ops
, sizeof_priv
, NULL
);
5178 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
5180 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
5182 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
5184 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
5187 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
5189 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
5191 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
5192 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
5193 * request that is being handled.
5195 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
5198 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
5200 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
5202 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
5204 /* internal structs */
5205 struct cfg80211_conn
;
5206 struct cfg80211_internal_bss
;
5207 struct cfg80211_cached_keys
;
5208 struct cfg80211_cqm_config
;
5211 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
5213 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
5214 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
5215 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
5216 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
5217 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
5219 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
5220 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
5221 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
5222 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
5224 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
5225 * @iftype: interface type
5226 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
5227 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
5228 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
5229 * wireless device if it has no netdev
5230 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5231 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
5232 * the user-set channel definition.
5233 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
5234 * track the channel to be used for AP later
5235 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5236 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5237 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5238 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5239 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
5240 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
5241 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
5242 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
5243 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
5244 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
5245 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
5246 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
5247 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
5248 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
5249 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
5250 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
5251 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
5252 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
5253 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
5254 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
5255 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
5256 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
5257 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
5258 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated,
5259 * need to propagate the update to the driver
5260 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
5261 * and some API functions require it held
5262 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
5263 * beacons, 0 when not valid
5264 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
5265 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
5267 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
5268 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
5269 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
5270 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
5271 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
5272 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
5273 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
5274 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
5275 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
5276 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
5277 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
5278 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
5279 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
5280 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
5281 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
5282 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
5283 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
5284 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
5285 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
5286 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
5287 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
5288 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
5289 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
5290 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last
5291 * unprotected beacon report
5293 struct wireless_dev
{
5294 struct wiphy
*wiphy
;
5295 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
;
5297 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
5298 struct list_head list
;
5299 struct net_device
*netdev
;
5303 struct list_head mgmt_registrations
;
5304 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock
;
5305 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update
:1;
5309 bool use_4addr
, is_running
;
5311 u8 address
[ETH_ALEN
] __aligned(sizeof(u16
));
5313 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
5314 u8 ssid
[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN
];
5315 u8 ssid_len
, mesh_id_len
, mesh_id_up_len
;
5316 struct cfg80211_conn
*conn
;
5317 struct cfg80211_cached_keys
*connect_keys
;
5318 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type
;
5319 u32 conn_owner_nlportid
;
5321 struct work_struct disconnect_wk
;
5322 u8 disconnect_bssid
[ETH_ALEN
];
5324 struct list_head event_list
;
5325 spinlock_t event_lock
;
5327 struct cfg80211_internal_bss
*current_bss
; /* associated / joined */
5328 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef
;
5329 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef
;
5332 bool ibss_dfs_possible
;
5337 int beacon_interval
;
5339 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid
;
5345 unsigned long cac_start_time
;
5346 unsigned int cac_time_ms
;
5348 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
5351 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss
;
5352 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect
;
5353 struct cfg80211_cached_keys
*keys
;
5357 u8 prev_bssid
[ETH_ALEN
];
5358 u8 ssid
[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN
];
5359 s8 default_key
, default_mgmt_key
;
5360 bool prev_bssid_valid
;
5364 struct cfg80211_cqm_config
*cqm_config
;
5366 struct list_head pmsr_list
;
5367 spinlock_t pmsr_lock
;
5368 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk
;
5370 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported
;
5373 static inline u8
*wdev_address(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
)
5376 return wdev
->netdev
->dev_addr
;
5377 return wdev
->address
;
5380 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
)
5383 return netif_running(wdev
->netdev
);
5384 return wdev
->is_running
;
5388 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
5390 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
5391 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
5393 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
)
5396 return wiphy_priv(wdev
->wiphy
);
5400 * DOC: Utility functions
5402 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5406 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel
5408 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel
5409 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel
5410 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b
5413 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel
*a
,
5414 struct ieee80211_channel
*b
)
5416 return (a
->center_freq
== b
->center_freq
&&
5417 a
->freq_offset
== b
->freq_offset
);
5421 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz
5422 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert
5423 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz)
5426 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
)
5428 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan
->center_freq
) + chan
->freq_offset
;
5432 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan
5434 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ
5436 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq
5438 enum nl80211_chan_width
5439 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
);
5442 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency
5443 * @chan: channel number
5444 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5445 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5447 u32
ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan
, enum nl80211_band band
);
5450 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5451 * @chan: channel number
5452 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5453 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5456 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan
, enum nl80211_band band
)
5458 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan
, band
));
5462 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5463 * @freq: center frequency in KHz
5464 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5466 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq
);
5469 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5470 * @freq: center frequency in MHz
5471 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5474 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq
)
5476 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq
));
5480 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified
5482 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5483 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel
5484 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5486 struct ieee80211_channel
*
5487 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u32 freq
);
5490 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5492 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5493 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel
5494 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5496 static inline struct ieee80211_channel
*
5497 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, int freq
)
5499 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy
, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq
));
5503 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC
5504 * @chan: control channel to check
5506 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in
5507 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3
5509 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
)
5511 if (chan
->band
!= NL80211_BAND_6GHZ
)
5514 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan
->center_freq
) % 16 == 5;
5518 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5520 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5521 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5522 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5524 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5525 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5526 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5527 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5529 struct ieee80211_rate
*
5530 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
5531 u32 basic_rates
, int bitrate
);
5534 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5535 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5536 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5538 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5539 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5541 u32
ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band
*sband
,
5542 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
);
5545 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5547 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5548 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst
5551 struct radiotap_align_size
{
5552 uint8_t align
:4, size
:4;
5555 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace
{
5556 const struct radiotap_align_size
*align_size
;
5562 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces
{
5563 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace
*ns
;
5568 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5569 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5570 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5571 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5572 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5573 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5574 * the beginning of the actual data portion
5575 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5576 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5577 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5578 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5579 * radiotap namespace or not
5581 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5582 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5583 * @_arg_index: next argument index
5584 * @_arg: next argument pointer
5585 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5586 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5587 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5588 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5589 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5592 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5593 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5596 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator
{
5597 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
*_rtheader
;
5598 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces
*_vns
;
5599 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace
*current_namespace
;
5601 unsigned char *_arg
, *_next_ns_data
;
5602 __le32
*_next_bitmap
;
5604 unsigned char *this_arg
;
5612 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter
;
5617 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator
*iterator
,
5618 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header
*radiotap_header
,
5620 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces
*vns
);
5623 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator
*iterator
);
5626 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header
[6];
5627 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header
[6];
5630 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5634 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5635 * returns the 802.11 header length.
5637 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5638 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5641 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff
*skb
);
5644 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5645 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5646 * Return: The header length in bytes.
5648 unsigned int __attribute_const__
ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc
);
5651 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5652 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5653 * (first byte) will be accessed
5654 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5655 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5657 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr
*meshhdr
);
5660 * DOC: Data path helpers
5662 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5663 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5664 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5668 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5669 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5670 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5671 * of it being pushed into the SKB
5672 * @addr: the device MAC address
5673 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5674 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5675 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5677 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff
*skb
, struct ethhdr
*ehdr
,
5678 const u8
*addr
, enum nl80211_iftype iftype
,
5682 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5683 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5684 * @addr: the device MAC address
5685 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5686 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5688 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff
*skb
, const u8
*addr
,
5689 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
)
5691 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb
, NULL
, addr
, iftype
, 0);
5695 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5697 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5698 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5699 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5701 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5702 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5703 * initialized by the caller.
5704 * @addr: The device MAC address.
5705 * @iftype: The device interface type.
5706 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5707 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5708 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5710 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff
*skb
, struct sk_buff_head
*list
,
5711 const u8
*addr
, enum nl80211_iftype iftype
,
5712 const unsigned int extra_headroom
,
5713 const u8
*check_da
, const u8
*check_sa
);
5716 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5717 * @skb: the data frame
5718 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5719 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5721 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff
*skb
,
5722 struct cfg80211_qos_map
*qos_map
);
5725 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5728 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5729 * @len: length of data
5730 * @match: byte array to match
5731 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5732 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5733 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5734 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5735 * the data portion instead.
5737 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5738 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5739 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5740 * requested element struct.
5742 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5743 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5744 * byte array to match.
5746 const struct element
*
5747 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid
, const u8
*ies
, unsigned int len
,
5748 const u8
*match
, unsigned int match_len
,
5749 unsigned int match_offset
);
5752 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5755 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5756 * @len: length of data
5757 * @match: byte array to match
5758 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5759 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5760 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5761 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5762 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5763 * the second byte is the IE length.
5765 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5766 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5767 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5768 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5771 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5772 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5773 * byte array to match.
5775 static inline const u8
*
5776 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid
, const u8
*ies
, unsigned int len
,
5777 const u8
*match
, unsigned int match_len
,
5778 unsigned int match_offset
)
5780 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5781 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5783 if (WARN_ON((match_len
&& match_offset
< 2) ||
5784 (!match_len
&& match_offset
)))
5787 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid
, ies
, len
,
5790 match_offset
- 2 : 0);
5794 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5797 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5798 * @len: length of data
5800 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5801 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5802 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5803 * requested element struct.
5805 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5806 * having to fit into the given data.
5808 static inline const struct element
*
5809 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid
, const u8
*ies
, int len
)
5811 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid
, ies
, len
, NULL
, 0, 0);
5815 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5818 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5819 * @len: length of data
5821 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5822 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5823 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5824 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5826 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5827 * having to fit into the given data.
5829 static inline const u8
*cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid
, const u8
*ies
, int len
)
5831 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid
, ies
, len
, NULL
, 0, 0);
5835 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5837 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5838 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5839 * @len: length of data
5841 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5842 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5843 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5844 * requested element struct.
5846 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5847 * having to fit into the given data.
5849 static inline const struct element
*
5850 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid
, const u8
*ies
, int len
)
5852 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION
, ies
, len
,
5857 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5859 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5860 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5861 * @len: length of data
5863 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5864 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5865 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5866 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5868 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5869 * having to fit into the given data.
5871 static inline const u8
*cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid
, const u8
*ies
, int len
)
5873 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION
, ies
, len
,
5878 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5881 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5882 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5883 * @len: length of data
5885 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5886 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5887 * return the element structure for the requested element.
5889 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5892 const struct element
*cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui
, int oui_type
,
5897 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5900 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5901 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5902 * @len: length of data
5904 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5905 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5906 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5909 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5912 static inline const u8
*
5913 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui
, int oui_type
,
5914 const u8
*ies
, unsigned int len
)
5916 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui
, oui_type
, ies
, len
);
5920 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5922 * @dev: network device
5923 * @addr: STA MAC address
5925 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5926 * devices upon STA association.
5928 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*addr
);
5931 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5937 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5938 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5940 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5941 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5942 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5945 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5946 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5947 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5948 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5949 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5950 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5952 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5953 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5954 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5956 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5959 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5961 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, const char *alpha2
);
5964 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5965 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5966 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5968 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5969 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5972 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5974 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
5975 struct ieee80211_regdomain
*rd
);
5978 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5979 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5980 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5982 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5983 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5984 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5986 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5988 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
5989 struct ieee80211_regdomain
*rd
);
5992 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5993 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5994 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5996 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5997 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5998 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5999 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
6000 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
6001 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
6002 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
6003 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
6004 * that called this helper.
6006 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6007 const struct ieee80211_regdomain
*regd
);
6010 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
6011 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
6012 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
6014 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
6015 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
6016 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
6017 * and processed already.
6019 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
6020 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
6021 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
6022 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
6023 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
6024 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
6025 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
6027 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule
*freq_reg_info(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6031 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
6032 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
6034 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
6035 * proper string representation.
6037 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator
);
6040 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
6041 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
6043 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
6045 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
6048 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
6053 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
6054 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
6056 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
6057 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
6058 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
6060 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
6061 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
6062 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
6064 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
6067 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
6069 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2
, int freq
,
6070 struct ieee80211_reg_rule
*rule
);
6073 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
6074 * functions and BSS handling helpers
6078 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
6080 * @request: the corresponding scan request
6081 * @info: information about the completed scan
6083 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request
*request
,
6084 struct cfg80211_scan_info
*info
);
6087 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
6089 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
6090 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6092 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u64 reqid
);
6095 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
6097 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
6098 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6100 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
6101 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
6102 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
6104 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u64 reqid
);
6107 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
6109 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
6110 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
6112 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
6113 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
6114 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
6115 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
6117 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, u64 reqid
);
6120 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
6121 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6122 * @data: the BSS metadata
6123 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
6124 * @len: length of the management frame
6125 * @gfp: context flags
6127 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6128 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6130 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6131 * Or %NULL on error.
6133 struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6134 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6135 struct cfg80211_inform_bss
*data
,
6136 struct ieee80211_mgmt
*mgmt
, size_t len
,
6139 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6140 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6141 struct ieee80211_channel
*rx_channel
,
6142 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
,
6143 struct ieee80211_mgmt
*mgmt
, size_t len
,
6144 s32 signal
, gfp_t gfp
)
6146 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data
= {
6148 .scan_width
= scan_width
,
6152 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy
, &data
, mgmt
, len
, gfp
);
6155 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6156 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6157 struct ieee80211_channel
*rx_channel
,
6158 struct ieee80211_mgmt
*mgmt
, size_t len
,
6159 s32 signal
, gfp_t gfp
)
6161 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data
= {
6163 .scan_width
= NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
6167 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy
, &data
, mgmt
, len
, gfp
);
6171 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
6172 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
6173 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
6174 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
6175 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
6177 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8
*bssid
, u8 max_bssid
,
6178 u8 mbssid_index
, u8
*new_bssid
)
6180 u64 bssid_u64
= ether_addr_to_u64(bssid
);
6181 u64 mask
= GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid
- 1, 0);
6184 new_bssid_u64
= bssid_u64
& ~mask
;
6186 new_bssid_u64
|= ((bssid_u64
& mask
) + mbssid_index
) & mask
;
6188 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64
, new_bssid
);
6192 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
6193 * @element: element to check
6194 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
6196 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element
*element
,
6197 const struct element
*non_inherit_element
);
6200 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
6202 * @ielen: length of IEs
6203 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
6204 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
6205 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
6206 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
6208 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8
*ie
, size_t ielen
,
6209 const struct element
*mbssid_elem
,
6210 const struct element
*sub_elem
,
6211 u8
*merged_ie
, size_t max_copy_len
);
6214 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
6215 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
6216 * from a beacon or probe response
6217 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
6218 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
6220 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type
{
6221 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN
,
6222 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON
,
6223 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP
,
6227 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
6229 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
6230 * @data: the BSS metadata
6231 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
6232 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
6233 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
6234 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
6235 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
6236 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
6237 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
6238 * @gfp: context flags
6240 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
6241 * the BSS should be updated/added.
6243 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
6244 * Or %NULL on error.
6246 struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6247 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6248 struct cfg80211_inform_bss
*data
,
6249 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype
,
6250 const u8
*bssid
, u64 tsf
, u16 capability
,
6251 u16 beacon_interval
, const u8
*ie
, size_t ielen
,
6254 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6255 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6256 struct ieee80211_channel
*rx_channel
,
6257 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width
,
6258 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype
,
6259 const u8
*bssid
, u64 tsf
, u16 capability
,
6260 u16 beacon_interval
, const u8
*ie
, size_t ielen
,
6261 s32 signal
, gfp_t gfp
)
6263 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data
= {
6265 .scan_width
= scan_width
,
6269 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy
, &data
, ftype
, bssid
, tsf
,
6270 capability
, beacon_interval
, ie
, ielen
,
6274 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
* __must_check
6275 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6276 struct ieee80211_channel
*rx_channel
,
6277 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype
,
6278 const u8
*bssid
, u64 tsf
, u16 capability
,
6279 u16 beacon_interval
, const u8
*ie
, size_t ielen
,
6280 s32 signal
, gfp_t gfp
)
6282 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data
= {
6284 .scan_width
= NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
6288 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy
, &data
, ftype
, bssid
, tsf
,
6289 capability
, beacon_interval
, ie
, ielen
,
6294 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
6295 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6296 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
6297 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
6298 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
6299 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
6300 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
6301 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
6303 struct cfg80211_bss
*cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6304 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
,
6306 const u8
*ssid
, size_t ssid_len
,
6307 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type
,
6308 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy
);
6309 static inline struct cfg80211_bss
*
6310 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6311 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
,
6312 const u8
*ssid
, size_t ssid_len
)
6314 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy
, channel
, NULL
, ssid
, ssid_len
,
6315 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS
,
6316 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
);
6320 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
6321 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6322 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
6324 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6326 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6329 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
6330 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
6331 * @bss: the BSS struct
6333 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
6335 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6338 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
6340 * @bss: the bss to remove
6342 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
6343 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
6344 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
6345 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
6347 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6350 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
6352 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
6353 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
6354 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
6357 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
6358 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
6359 * @iter: the iterator function to call
6360 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
6362 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6363 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
6364 void (*iter
)(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6365 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
,
6369 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
6370 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
6372 switch (chandef
->width
) {
6373 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
:
6374 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5
;
6375 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
:
6376 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10
;
6378 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
;
6383 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
6384 * @dev: network device
6385 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
6386 * @len: length of the frame data
6388 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
6389 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
6390 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
6391 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6392 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6393 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6394 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
6395 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
6396 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
6397 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
6399 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6401 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*buf
, size_t len
);
6404 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
6405 * @dev: network device
6406 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
6408 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
6411 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*addr
);
6414 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
6415 * @dev: network device
6416 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
6417 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
6418 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
6419 * @len: length of the frame data
6420 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
6421 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
6422 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
6423 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
6425 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
6426 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
6428 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6430 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device
*dev
,
6431 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
,
6432 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
,
6434 const u8
*req_ies
, size_t req_ies_len
);
6437 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
6438 * @dev: network device
6439 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
6441 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6443 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device
*dev
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6446 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
6447 * @dev: network device
6448 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
6450 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
6451 * an association attempt was abandoned.
6452 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
6454 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device
*dev
, struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
);
6457 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
6458 * @dev: network device
6459 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
6460 * @len: length of the frame data
6461 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute)
6463 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
6464 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
6465 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
6466 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
6468 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*buf
, size_t len
,
6472 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
6473 * @dev: network device
6474 * @buf: received management frame (header + body)
6475 * @len: length of the frame data
6477 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
6478 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
6479 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon
6480 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while
6481 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
6483 * This function may sleep.
6485 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device
*dev
,
6486 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
);
6489 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
6490 * @dev: network device
6491 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
6492 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6493 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6494 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6495 * @gfp: allocation flags
6497 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6498 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6501 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*addr
,
6502 enum nl80211_key_type key_type
, int key_id
,
6503 const u8
*tsc
, gfp_t gfp
);
6506 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6508 * @dev: network device
6509 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6510 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6511 * @gfp: allocation flags
6513 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6514 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6515 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6516 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6517 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6518 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6520 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
6521 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
, gfp_t gfp
);
6524 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer
6527 * @dev: network device
6528 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6529 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6530 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6531 * @gfp: allocation flags
6533 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6534 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6535 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6537 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device
*dev
,
6538 const u8
*macaddr
, const u8
*ie
, u8 ie_len
,
6539 int sig_dbm
, gfp_t gfp
);
6542 * DOC: RFkill integration
6544 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6545 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6546 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6547 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6548 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6550 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6551 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6552 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6556 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6558 * @blocked: block status
6560 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, bool blocked
);
6563 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6566 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
6569 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6572 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
6575 * DOC: Vendor commands
6577 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6578 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6579 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6580 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6581 * the configuration mechanism.
6583 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6584 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6585 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6587 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6588 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6589 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6590 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6591 * managers etc. need.
6594 struct sk_buff
*__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6595 enum nl80211_commands cmd
,
6596 enum nl80211_attrs attr
,
6599 struct sk_buff
*__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6600 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
6601 enum nl80211_commands cmd
,
6602 enum nl80211_attrs attr
,
6603 unsigned int portid
,
6604 int vendor_event_idx
,
6605 int approxlen
, gfp_t gfp
);
6607 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff
*skb
, gfp_t gfp
);
6610 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6612 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6613 * be put into the skb
6615 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6616 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6617 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6619 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6620 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6621 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6622 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6623 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6624 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6625 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6627 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6628 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6630 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6632 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6633 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, int approxlen
)
6635 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy
, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR
,
6636 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
, approxlen
);
6640 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6641 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6642 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6644 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6645 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6646 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
6647 * skb regardless of the return value.
6649 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6651 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff
*skb
);
6654 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6657 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6658 * Valid to call only there.
6660 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
6663 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6665 * @wdev: the wireless device
6666 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6667 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6668 * be put into the skb
6669 * @gfp: allocation flags
6671 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6672 * vendor-specific multicast group.
6674 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6675 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6678 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6679 * skb to send the event.
6681 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6683 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6684 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
6685 int approxlen
, int event_idx
, gfp_t gfp
)
6687 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy
, wdev
, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR
,
6688 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
,
6689 0, event_idx
, approxlen
, gfp
);
6693 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6695 * @wdev: the wireless device
6696 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6697 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6698 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6699 * be put into the skb
6700 * @gfp: allocation flags
6702 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6703 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6704 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6705 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6707 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6708 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6711 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6712 * skb to send the event.
6714 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6716 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6717 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
6718 struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
6719 unsigned int portid
, int approxlen
,
6720 int event_idx
, gfp_t gfp
)
6722 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy
, wdev
, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR
,
6723 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
,
6724 portid
, event_idx
, approxlen
, gfp
);
6728 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6729 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6730 * @gfp: allocation flags
6732 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6733 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6735 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff
*skb
, gfp_t gfp
)
6737 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb
, gfp
);
6740 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6744 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6745 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6746 * factory programming.
6748 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6749 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6753 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6755 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6756 * be put into the skb
6758 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6759 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6760 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6762 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6763 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6764 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6765 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6766 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6767 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6768 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6770 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6771 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6773 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6775 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6776 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, int approxlen
)
6778 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy
, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE
,
6779 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA
, approxlen
);
6783 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6784 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6785 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6787 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6788 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6789 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
6790 * regardless of the return value.
6792 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6794 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff
*skb
)
6796 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb
);
6800 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6802 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6803 * be put into the skb
6804 * @gfp: allocation flags
6806 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6807 * testmode multicast group.
6809 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6810 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6811 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6812 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6815 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6816 * skb to send the event.
6818 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6820 static inline struct sk_buff
*
6821 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, int approxlen
, gfp_t gfp
)
6823 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy
, NULL
, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE
,
6824 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA
, 0, -1,
6829 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6830 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6831 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6832 * @gfp: allocation flags
6834 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6835 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6838 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff
*skb
, gfp_t gfp
)
6840 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb
, gfp
);
6843 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6844 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6846 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6847 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6851 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6852 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6853 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6854 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6855 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6856 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6857 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6858 * status for a FILS connection.
6859 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6860 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6861 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6862 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6864 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params
{
6867 bool update_erp_next_seq_num
;
6868 u16 erp_next_seq_num
;
6875 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6876 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6877 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6878 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6879 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6880 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6881 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6882 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6884 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6885 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6886 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6887 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6888 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6889 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6890 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6891 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6892 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6893 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6894 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6895 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6896 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6897 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6898 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6899 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6900 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6901 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6903 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params
{
6906 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
6911 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils
;
6912 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason
;
6916 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6918 * @dev: network device
6919 * @params: connection response parameters
6920 * @gfp: allocation flags
6922 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6923 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6924 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6925 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6926 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6927 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6929 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device
*dev
,
6930 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params
*params
,
6934 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6936 * @dev: network device
6937 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6938 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6939 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6940 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6941 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6942 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6943 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6944 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6945 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6946 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6947 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6948 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6949 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6950 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6951 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6952 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6953 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6954 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6956 * @gfp: allocation flags
6957 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6958 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6959 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6960 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6961 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6962 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6964 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6965 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6966 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6967 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6968 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6969 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6972 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
6973 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
, const u8
*req_ie
,
6974 size_t req_ie_len
, const u8
*resp_ie
,
6975 size_t resp_ie_len
, int status
, gfp_t gfp
,
6976 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason
)
6978 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params
;
6980 memset(¶ms
, 0, sizeof(params
));
6981 params
.status
= status
;
6982 params
.bssid
= bssid
;
6984 params
.req_ie
= req_ie
;
6985 params
.req_ie_len
= req_ie_len
;
6986 params
.resp_ie
= resp_ie
;
6987 params
.resp_ie_len
= resp_ie_len
;
6988 params
.timeout_reason
= timeout_reason
;
6990 cfg80211_connect_done(dev
, ¶ms
, gfp
);
6994 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6996 * @dev: network device
6997 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6998 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6999 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7000 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7001 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7002 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
7003 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
7004 * the real status code for failures.
7005 * @gfp: allocation flags
7007 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
7008 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
7009 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
7010 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7011 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7014 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7015 const u8
*req_ie
, size_t req_ie_len
,
7016 const u8
*resp_ie
, size_t resp_ie_len
,
7017 u16 status
, gfp_t gfp
)
7019 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev
, bssid
, NULL
, req_ie
, req_ie_len
, resp_ie
,
7020 resp_ie_len
, status
, gfp
,
7021 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED
);
7025 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
7027 * @dev: network device
7028 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7029 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7030 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7031 * @gfp: allocation flags
7032 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
7034 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
7035 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
7036 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
7037 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
7038 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
7039 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
7040 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
7043 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7044 const u8
*req_ie
, size_t req_ie_len
, gfp_t gfp
,
7045 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason
)
7047 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev
, bssid
, NULL
, req_ie
, req_ie_len
, NULL
, 0, -1,
7048 gfp
, timeout_reason
);
7052 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
7054 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
7055 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
7056 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
7057 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
7058 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
7059 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
7060 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
7061 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
7063 struct cfg80211_roam_info
{
7064 struct ieee80211_channel
*channel
;
7065 struct cfg80211_bss
*bss
;
7071 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils
;
7075 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
7077 * @dev: network device
7078 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
7079 * @gfp: allocation flags
7081 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
7082 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
7083 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
7084 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
7085 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
7086 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
7087 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
7088 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
7089 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
7090 * released while disconnecting from the current bss.
7092 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device
*dev
, struct cfg80211_roam_info
*info
,
7096 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
7098 * @dev: network device
7099 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
7100 * @gfp: allocation flags
7102 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
7103 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
7104 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
7105 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
7106 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
7107 * indicate the 802.11 association.
7109 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7113 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
7115 * @dev: network device
7116 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
7117 * @ie_len: length of IEs
7118 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
7119 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
7120 * @gfp: allocation flags
7122 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
7123 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
7125 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device
*dev
, u16 reason
,
7126 const u8
*ie
, size_t ie_len
,
7127 bool locally_generated
, gfp_t gfp
);
7130 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
7131 * @wdev: wireless device
7132 * @cookie: the request cookie
7133 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
7134 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
7136 * @gfp: allocation flags
7138 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7139 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
,
7140 unsigned int duration
, gfp_t gfp
);
7143 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
7144 * @wdev: wireless device
7145 * @cookie: the request cookie
7146 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
7147 * @gfp: allocation flags
7149 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7150 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
,
7154 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
7155 * @wdev: wireless device
7156 * @cookie: the requested cookie
7157 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
7158 * @gfp: allocation flags
7160 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7161 struct ieee80211_channel
*chan
, gfp_t gfp
);
7164 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
7166 * @sinfo: the station information
7167 * @gfp: allocation flags
7169 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info
*sinfo
, gfp_t gfp
);
7172 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
7173 * @sinfo: the station information
7175 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
7176 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
7179 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info
*sinfo
)
7181 kfree(sinfo
->pertid
);
7185 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
7188 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7189 * @sinfo: the station information
7190 * @gfp: allocation flags
7192 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
7193 struct station_info
*sinfo
, gfp_t gfp
);
7196 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7198 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7199 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
7200 * @gfp: allocation flags
7202 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
7203 struct station_info
*sinfo
, gfp_t gfp
);
7206 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
7209 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7210 * @gfp: allocation flags
7212 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device
*dev
,
7213 const u8
*mac_addr
, gfp_t gfp
)
7215 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev
, mac_addr
, NULL
, gfp
);
7219 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
7222 * @mac_addr: the station's address
7223 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
7224 * @gfp: allocation flags
7226 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
7227 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
7228 * for some reasons, this function is called.
7230 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
7231 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
7233 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac_addr
,
7234 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason
,
7238 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7239 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7240 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz
7241 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7242 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7243 * @len: length of the frame data
7244 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7246 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7247 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7249 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7250 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7251 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7252 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7254 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, int freq
, int sig_dbm
,
7255 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
, u32 flags
);
7258 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
7259 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7260 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
7261 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7262 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7263 * @len: length of the frame data
7264 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
7266 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
7267 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
7269 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
7270 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
7271 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
7272 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
7274 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, int freq
,
7275 int sig_dbm
, const u8
*buf
, size_t len
,
7278 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev
, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq
), sig_dbm
, buf
, len
,
7283 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
7284 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7285 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
7286 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
7287 * @len: length of the frame data
7288 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7289 * @gfp: context flags
7291 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
7292 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
7293 * transmission attempt.
7295 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7296 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
, bool ack
, gfp_t gfp
);
7299 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control
7301 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
7302 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port()
7303 * @buf: Data frame (header + body)
7304 * @len: length of the frame data
7305 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
7306 * @gfp: context flags
7308 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be
7309 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of
7310 * the transmission attempt.
7312 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, u64 cookie
,
7313 const u8
*buf
, size_t len
, bool ack
,
7317 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
7318 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7319 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
7320 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
7321 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
7322 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
7323 * skb->protocol is set appropriately.
7324 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
7326 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
7327 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
7328 * control port frames over nl80211.
7330 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
7331 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
7333 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
7335 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device
*dev
,
7336 struct sk_buff
*skb
, bool unencrypted
);
7339 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
7340 * @dev: network device
7341 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
7342 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
7343 * @gfp: context flags
7345 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
7346 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
7348 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
7349 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event
,
7350 s32 rssi_level
, gfp_t gfp
);
7353 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
7354 * @dev: network device
7355 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7356 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
7357 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
7358 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
7359 * @gfp: context flags
7361 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
7362 const u8
*peer
, u32 num_packets
, gfp_t gfp
);
7365 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
7366 * @dev: network device
7367 * @peer: peer's MAC address
7368 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
7369 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
7370 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
7371 * @gfp: context flags
7373 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
7374 * given interval is exceeded.
7376 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*peer
,
7377 u32 num_packets
, u32 rate
, u32 intvl
, gfp_t gfp
);
7380 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
7381 * @dev: network device
7382 * @gfp: context flags
7384 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
7386 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, gfp_t gfp
);
7389 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
7391 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7392 * @gfp: context flags
7394 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
7396 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7397 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
, gfp_t gfp
);
7400 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
7401 * @dev: network device
7402 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
7403 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
7404 * @gfp: context flags
7406 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
7409 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*mac
,
7410 struct sta_opmode_info
*sta_opmode
,
7414 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
7415 * @netdev: network device
7416 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
7417 * @event: type of event
7418 * @gfp: context flags
7420 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
7421 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
7422 * also by full-MAC drivers.
7424 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device
*netdev
,
7425 const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7426 enum nl80211_radar_event event
, gfp_t gfp
);
7430 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
7431 * @dev: network device
7432 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
7433 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
7434 * @gfp: allocation flags
7436 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*bssid
,
7437 const u8
*replay_ctr
, gfp_t gfp
);
7440 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
7441 * @dev: network device
7442 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
7443 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
7444 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
7445 * @gfp: allocation flags
7447 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device
*dev
, int index
,
7448 const u8
*bssid
, bool preauth
, gfp_t gfp
);
7451 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
7452 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7453 * @addr: the transmitter address
7454 * @gfp: context flags
7456 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7457 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
7459 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7460 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7462 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device
*dev
,
7463 const u8
*addr
, gfp_t gfp
);
7466 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
7467 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
7468 * @addr: the transmitter address
7469 * @gfp: context flags
7471 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
7472 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
7473 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
7474 * station to avoid event flooding.
7475 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
7476 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
7478 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device
*dev
,
7479 const u8
*addr
, gfp_t gfp
);
7482 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
7483 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
7484 * @addr: the address of the peer
7485 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
7486 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
7487 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
7488 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
7489 * @gfp: allocation flags
7491 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*addr
,
7492 u64 cookie
, bool acked
, s32 ack_signal
,
7493 bool is_valid_ack_signal
, gfp_t gfp
);
7496 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs
7497 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7499 * @len: length of the frame
7500 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz
7501 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7503 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7504 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7505 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7507 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, const u8
*frame
,
7508 size_t len
, int freq
, int sig_dbm
);
7511 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
7512 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
7514 * @len: length of the frame
7515 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
7516 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
7518 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
7519 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
7520 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
7522 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7523 const u8
*frame
, size_t len
,
7524 int freq
, int sig_dbm
)
7526 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy
, frame
, len
, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq
),
7531 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
7533 * @chandef: the channel definition
7534 * @iftype: interface type
7536 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7537 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
7539 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7540 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7541 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
);
7544 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
7546 * @chandef: the channel definition
7547 * @iftype: interface type
7549 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
7550 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
7551 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
7552 * more permissive conditions.
7554 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7556 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7557 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7558 enum nl80211_iftype iftype
);
7561 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7562 * @dev: the device which switched channels
7563 * @chandef: the new channel definition
7565 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7568 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
7569 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
);
7572 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7573 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7574 * @chandef: the future channel definition
7575 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7576 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP
7578 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7579 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7580 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7582 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device
*dev
,
7583 struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7584 u8 count
, bool quiet
);
7587 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7589 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7590 * @band: band pointer to fill
7592 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7594 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class
,
7595 enum nl80211_band
*band
);
7598 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7600 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7601 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7603 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7605 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
,
7609 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz
7611 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7613 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz.
7616 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def
*chandef
)
7618 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef
->center_freq1
) + chandef
->freq1_offset
;
7622 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7623 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7624 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7625 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7626 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7627 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7628 * @gfp: allocation flags
7630 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7631 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7632 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7633 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7634 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7636 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device
*dev
, const u8
*peer
,
7637 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper
,
7638 u16 reason_code
, gfp_t gfp
);
7641 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7642 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7644 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7646 u32
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info
*rate
);
7649 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7650 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7652 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7653 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7654 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7655 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7656 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7657 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7658 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7660 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7662 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
);
7665 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements
7667 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7668 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7670 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7672 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params
{
7675 const u8
*target_ap
;
7681 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7682 * @netdev: network device
7683 * @ft_event: IE information
7685 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device
*netdev
,
7686 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params
*ft_event
);
7689 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7690 * @ies: the input IE buffer
7691 * @len: the input length
7692 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7693 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7694 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7695 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7697 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7698 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7700 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7701 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7702 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7704 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8
*ies
, unsigned int len
,
7705 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr
,
7706 u8
*buf
, unsigned int bufsize
);
7709 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7710 * @ies: the IE buffer
7711 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7712 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7713 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7714 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7715 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7716 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7717 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7718 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7720 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7721 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7724 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7725 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7727 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7728 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7729 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7731 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7732 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7733 * of the buffer should be used.
7735 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8
*ies
, size_t ielen
,
7736 const u8
*ids
, int n_ids
,
7737 const u8
*after_ric
, int n_after_ric
,
7741 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7742 * @ies: the IE buffer
7743 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7744 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7745 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7746 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7747 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7748 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7750 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7751 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7754 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7755 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7757 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7758 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7759 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7761 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7762 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7763 * of the buffer should be used.
7765 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8
*ies
, size_t ielen
,
7766 const u8
*ids
, int n_ids
, size_t offset
)
7768 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies
, ielen
, ids
, n_ids
, NULL
, 0, offset
);
7772 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7773 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7774 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7775 * @gfp: allocation flags
7777 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7778 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7779 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7780 * else caused the wakeup.
7782 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
7783 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup
*wakeup
,
7787 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7789 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7790 * @gfp: allocation flags
7792 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7793 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7794 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7796 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
, gfp_t gfp
);
7799 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7802 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7804 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
7807 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7810 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7812 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7813 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7814 * the interface combinations.
7816 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7817 struct iface_combination_params
*params
);
7820 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7823 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7824 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7825 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7827 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7828 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7831 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7832 struct iface_combination_params
*params
,
7833 void (*iter
)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination
*c
,
7838 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7841 * @wdev: wireless device
7842 * @gfp: context flags
7844 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7847 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7849 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
7853 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7854 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7856 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7857 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7858 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7859 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7861 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7862 * the driver while the function is running.
7864 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
7867 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7869 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7870 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7872 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7873 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7875 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7876 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx
)
7880 ft_byte
= &wiphy
->ext_features
[ftidx
/ 8];
7881 *ft_byte
|= BIT(ftidx
% 8);
7885 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7887 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7888 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7890 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7891 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7894 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy
*wiphy
,
7895 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx
)
7899 ft_byte
= wiphy
->ext_features
[ftidx
/ 8];
7900 return (ft_byte
& BIT(ftidx
% 8)) != 0;
7904 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7905 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7907 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7909 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func
*f
);
7912 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7913 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7914 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7915 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7917 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7918 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7919 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7920 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7921 * @info_len: the length of the &info
7922 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7923 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7925 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params
{
7926 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type
;
7936 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7937 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7938 * @match: match notification parameters
7939 * @gfp: allocation flags
7941 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7942 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7943 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7945 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
7946 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params
*match
, gfp_t gfp
);
7949 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7951 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7952 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7953 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7954 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7955 * @gfp: allocation flags
7957 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7959 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
7961 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason
,
7962 u64 cookie
, gfp_t gfp
);
7964 /* ethtool helper */
7965 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device
*dev
, struct ethtool_drvinfo
*info
);
7968 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7969 * @netdev: network device
7970 * @params: External authentication parameters
7971 * @gfp: allocation flags
7972 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7974 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device
*netdev
,
7975 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params
*params
,
7979 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7980 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7981 * @req: the original measurement request
7982 * @result: the result data
7983 * @gfp: allocation flags
7985 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
7986 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
*req
,
7987 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result
*result
,
7991 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7992 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7993 * @req: the original measurement request
7994 * @gfp: allocation flags
7996 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7997 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7999 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev
*wdev
,
8000 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request
*req
,
8004 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
8006 * @iftype: interface type
8007 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
8008 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
8010 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
8011 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
8012 * check_swif is '1'.
8014 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy
*wiphy
, enum nl80211_iftype iftype
,
8015 bool is_4addr
, u8 check_swif
);
8018 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
8020 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
8022 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
8023 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8024 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
8025 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8026 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
8027 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8028 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
8029 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8030 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
8031 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8032 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
8033 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8034 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
8035 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8036 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
8037 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8039 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
8040 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8041 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
8042 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8044 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
8045 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
8047 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
8048 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
8050 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
8051 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
8053 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
8056 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
8062 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
8063 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
8064 * file/line information and a backtrace.
8066 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
8067 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
8070 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
8071 * @netdev: network device
8072 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
8073 * @gfp: allocation flags
8075 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device
*netdev
,
8076 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info
*owe_info
,
8080 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries
8083 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy
*wiphy
);
8085 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */